diff options
author | Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> | 2008-07-18 16:50:34 -0400 |
---|---|---|
committer | Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> | 2008-07-18 16:50:34 -0400 |
commit | a208f37a465e222218974ab20a31b42b7b4893b2 (patch) | |
tree | 77c6acdd4be32024330a14f2618b814126ce7a20 /Documentation | |
parent | 511d9d34183662aada3890883e860b151d707e22 (diff) | |
parent | 5b664cb235e97afbf34db9c4d77f08ebd725335e (diff) |
Merge branch 'linus' into x86/x2apic
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
70 files changed, 3059 insertions, 1627 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block index 4bd9ea539129..44f52a4f5903 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block | |||
@@ -26,3 +26,37 @@ Description: | |||
26 | I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the | 26 | I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the |
27 | same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat | 27 | same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat |
28 | format. | 28 | format. |
29 | |||
30 | |||
31 | What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format | ||
32 | Date: June 2008 | ||
33 | Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> | ||
34 | Description: | ||
35 | Metadata format for integrity capable block device. | ||
36 | E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC. | ||
37 | |||
38 | |||
39 | What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify | ||
40 | Date: June 2008 | ||
41 | Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> | ||
42 | Description: | ||
43 | Indicates whether the block layer should verify the | ||
44 | integrity of read requests serviced by devices that | ||
45 | support sending integrity metadata. | ||
46 | |||
47 | |||
48 | What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size | ||
49 | Date: June 2008 | ||
50 | Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> | ||
51 | Description: | ||
52 | Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per | ||
53 | 512 bytes of data. | ||
54 | |||
55 | |||
56 | What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate | ||
57 | Date: June 2008 | ||
58 | Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> | ||
59 | Description: | ||
60 | Indicates whether the block layer should automatically | ||
61 | generate checksums for write requests bound for | ||
62 | devices that support receiving integrity metadata. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b585ec258a08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ | |||
1 | What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type | ||
2 | Date: March 2008 | ||
3 | Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> | ||
4 | linux-s390@vger.kernel.org | ||
5 | Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware. | ||
6 | This attribute is present for all subchannel types. | ||
7 | |||
8 | What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias | ||
9 | Date: March 2008 | ||
10 | Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> | ||
11 | linux-s390@vger.kernel.org | ||
12 | Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents. | ||
13 | It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all | ||
14 | subchannel types. | ||
15 | |||
16 | What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids | ||
17 | Date: December 2002 | ||
18 | Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> | ||
19 | linux-s390@vger.kernel.org | ||
20 | Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this | ||
21 | subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem | ||
22 | during subchannel recognition. | ||
23 | Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. | ||
24 | Users: s390-tools, HAL | ||
25 | |||
26 | What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom | ||
27 | Date: December 2002 | ||
28 | Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> | ||
29 | linux-s390@vger.kernel.org | ||
30 | Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the | ||
31 | channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O | ||
32 | layer (this implies that this attribute is not neccessarily | ||
33 | in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem). | ||
34 | Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. | ||
35 | Users: s390-tools, HAL | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi index 9470ed9afcc0..f27be7d1a49f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi | |||
@@ -29,46 +29,46 @@ Description: | |||
29 | 29 | ||
30 | $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts | 30 | $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts |
31 | $ grep . * | 31 | $ grep . * |
32 | error:0 | 32 | error: 0 |
33 | ff_gbl_lock:0 | 33 | ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable |
34 | ff_pmtimer:0 | 34 | ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid |
35 | ff_pwr_btn:0 | 35 | ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable |
36 | ff_rt_clk:0 | 36 | ff_rt_clk: 2 disable |
37 | ff_slp_btn:0 | 37 | ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid |
38 | gpe00:0 | 38 | gpe00: 0 invalid |
39 | gpe01:0 | 39 | gpe01: 0 enable |
40 | gpe02:0 | 40 | gpe02: 108 enable |
41 | gpe03:0 | 41 | gpe03: 0 invalid |
42 | gpe04:0 | 42 | gpe04: 0 invalid |
43 | gpe05:0 | 43 | gpe05: 0 invalid |
44 | gpe06:0 | 44 | gpe06: 0 enable |
45 | gpe07:0 | 45 | gpe07: 0 enable |
46 | gpe08:0 | 46 | gpe08: 0 invalid |
47 | gpe09:174 | 47 | gpe09: 0 invalid |
48 | gpe0A:0 | 48 | gpe0A: 0 invalid |
49 | gpe0B:0 | 49 | gpe0B: 0 invalid |
50 | gpe0C:0 | 50 | gpe0C: 0 invalid |
51 | gpe0D:0 | 51 | gpe0D: 0 invalid |
52 | gpe0E:0 | 52 | gpe0E: 0 invalid |
53 | gpe0F:0 | 53 | gpe0F: 0 invalid |
54 | gpe10:0 | 54 | gpe10: 0 invalid |
55 | gpe11:60 | 55 | gpe11: 0 invalid |
56 | gpe12:0 | 56 | gpe12: 0 invalid |
57 | gpe13:0 | 57 | gpe13: 0 invalid |
58 | gpe14:0 | 58 | gpe14: 0 invalid |
59 | gpe15:0 | 59 | gpe15: 0 invalid |
60 | gpe16:0 | 60 | gpe16: 0 invalid |
61 | gpe17:0 | 61 | gpe17: 1084 enable |
62 | gpe18:0 | 62 | gpe18: 0 enable |
63 | gpe19:7 | 63 | gpe19: 0 invalid |
64 | gpe1A:0 | 64 | gpe1A: 0 invalid |
65 | gpe1B:0 | 65 | gpe1B: 0 invalid |
66 | gpe1C:0 | 66 | gpe1C: 0 invalid |
67 | gpe1D:0 | 67 | gpe1D: 0 invalid |
68 | gpe1E:0 | 68 | gpe1E: 0 invalid |
69 | gpe1F:0 | 69 | gpe1F: 0 invalid |
70 | gpe_all:241 | 70 | gpe_all: 1192 |
71 | sci:241 | 71 | sci: 1194 |
72 | 72 | ||
73 | sci - The total number of times the ACPI SCI | 73 | sci - The total number of times the ACPI SCI |
74 | has claimed an interrupt. | 74 | has claimed an interrupt. |
@@ -89,6 +89,13 @@ Description: | |||
89 | 89 | ||
90 | error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. | 90 | error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. |
91 | 91 | ||
92 | invalid: it's either a wakeup GPE or a GPE/Fixed Event that | ||
93 | doesn't have an event handler. | ||
94 | |||
95 | disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled. | ||
96 | |||
97 | enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled. | ||
98 | |||
92 | Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg. | 99 | Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg. |
93 | # echo 0 > gpe11 | 100 | # echo 0 > gpe11 |
94 | 101 | ||
@@ -97,3 +104,43 @@ Description: | |||
97 | 104 | ||
98 | None of these counters has an effect on the function | 105 | None of these counters has an effect on the function |
99 | of the system, they are simply statistics. | 106 | of the system, they are simply statistics. |
107 | |||
108 | Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files | ||
109 | to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be | ||
110 | used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues. | ||
111 | |||
112 | Note that only writting to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed, | ||
113 | i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and | ||
114 | Fixed Event with event handler installed. | ||
115 | |||
116 | Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid | ||
117 | and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown | ||
118 | when pressing the power button. | ||
119 | # cat ff_pwr_btn | ||
120 | 0 | ||
121 | # press the power button for 3 times; | ||
122 | # cat ff_pwr_btn | ||
123 | 3 | ||
124 | # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn | ||
125 | # cat ff_pwr_btn | ||
126 | disable | ||
127 | # press the power button for 3 times; | ||
128 | # cat ff_pwr_btn | ||
129 | disable | ||
130 | # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn | ||
131 | # cat ff_pwr_btn | ||
132 | 4 | ||
133 | /* | ||
134 | * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared, | ||
135 | * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again | ||
136 | */ | ||
137 | # press the power button for 3 times; | ||
138 | # cat ff_pwr_btn | ||
139 | 7 | ||
140 | # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn | ||
141 | # press the power button for 3 times; | ||
142 | # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */ | ||
143 | # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn | ||
144 | # cat ff_pwr_btn | ||
145 | 7 | ||
146 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO index 0291ade44c17..619e8caf30db 100644 --- a/Documentation/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/HOWTO | |||
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Bug Reporting | |||
377 | bugzilla.kernel.org is where the Linux kernel developers track kernel | 377 | bugzilla.kernel.org is where the Linux kernel developers track kernel |
378 | bugs. Users are encouraged to report all bugs that they find in this | 378 | bugs. Users are encouraged to report all bugs that they find in this |
379 | tool. For details on how to use the kernel bugzilla, please see: | 379 | tool. For details on how to use the kernel bugzilla, please see: |
380 | http://test.kernel.org/bugzilla/faq.html | 380 | http://bugzilla.kernel.org/page.cgi?id=faq.html |
381 | 381 | ||
382 | The file REPORTING-BUGS in the main kernel source directory has a good | 382 | The file REPORTING-BUGS in the main kernel source directory has a good |
383 | template for how to report a possible kernel bug, and details what kind | 383 | template for how to report a possible kernel bug, and details what kind |
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt index 938d7dd05490..b4a615b78403 100644 --- a/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt | |||
@@ -1,17 +1,26 @@ | |||
1 | ChangeLog: | ||
2 | Started by Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> | ||
3 | Update by Max Krasnyansky <maxk@qualcomm.com> | ||
1 | 4 | ||
2 | SMP IRQ affinity, started by Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> | 5 | SMP IRQ affinity |
3 | |||
4 | 6 | ||
5 | /proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity specifies which target CPUs are permitted | 7 | /proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity specifies which target CPUs are permitted |
6 | for a given IRQ source. It's a bitmask of allowed CPUs. It's not allowed | 8 | for a given IRQ source. It's a bitmask of allowed CPUs. It's not allowed |
7 | to turn off all CPUs, and if an IRQ controller does not support IRQ | 9 | to turn off all CPUs, and if an IRQ controller does not support IRQ |
8 | affinity then the value will not change from the default 0xffffffff. | 10 | affinity then the value will not change from the default 0xffffffff. |
9 | 11 | ||
12 | /proc/irq/default_smp_affinity specifies default affinity mask that applies | ||
13 | to all non-active IRQs. Once IRQ is allocated/activated its affinity bitmask | ||
14 | will be set to the default mask. It can then be changed as described above. | ||
15 | Default mask is 0xffffffff. | ||
16 | |||
10 | Here is an example of restricting IRQ44 (eth1) to CPU0-3 then restricting | 17 | Here is an example of restricting IRQ44 (eth1) to CPU0-3 then restricting |
11 | the IRQ to CPU4-7 (this is an 8-CPU SMP box): | 18 | it to CPU4-7 (this is an 8-CPU SMP box): |
12 | 19 | ||
20 | [root@moon 44]# cd /proc/irq/44 | ||
13 | [root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity | 21 | [root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity |
14 | ffffffff | 22 | ffffffff |
23 | |||
15 | [root@moon 44]# echo 0f > smp_affinity | 24 | [root@moon 44]# echo 0f > smp_affinity |
16 | [root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity | 25 | [root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity |
17 | 0000000f | 26 | 0000000f |
@@ -21,17 +30,27 @@ PING hell (195.4.7.3): 56 data bytes | |||
21 | --- hell ping statistics --- | 30 | --- hell ping statistics --- |
22 | 6029 packets transmitted, 6027 packets received, 0% packet loss | 31 | 6029 packets transmitted, 6027 packets received, 0% packet loss |
23 | round-trip min/avg/max = 0.1/0.1/0.4 ms | 32 | round-trip min/avg/max = 0.1/0.1/0.4 ms |
24 | [root@moon 44]# cat /proc/interrupts | grep 44: | 33 | [root@moon 44]# cat /proc/interrupts | grep 'CPU\|44:' |
25 | 44: 0 1785 1785 1783 1783 1 | 34 | CPU0 CPU1 CPU2 CPU3 CPU4 CPU5 CPU6 CPU7 |
26 | 1 0 IO-APIC-level eth1 | 35 | 44: 1068 1785 1785 1783 0 0 0 0 IO-APIC-level eth1 |
36 | |||
37 | As can be seen from the line above IRQ44 was delivered only to the first four | ||
38 | processors (0-3). | ||
39 | Now lets restrict that IRQ to CPU(4-7). | ||
40 | |||
27 | [root@moon 44]# echo f0 > smp_affinity | 41 | [root@moon 44]# echo f0 > smp_affinity |
42 | [root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity | ||
43 | 000000f0 | ||
28 | [root@moon 44]# ping -f h | 44 | [root@moon 44]# ping -f h |
29 | PING hell (195.4.7.3): 56 data bytes | 45 | PING hell (195.4.7.3): 56 data bytes |
30 | .. | 46 | .. |
31 | --- hell ping statistics --- | 47 | --- hell ping statistics --- |
32 | 2779 packets transmitted, 2777 packets received, 0% packet loss | 48 | 2779 packets transmitted, 2777 packets received, 0% packet loss |
33 | round-trip min/avg/max = 0.1/0.5/585.4 ms | 49 | round-trip min/avg/max = 0.1/0.5/585.4 ms |
34 | [root@moon 44]# cat /proc/interrupts | grep 44: | 50 | [root@moon 44]# cat /proc/interrupts | 'CPU\|44:' |
35 | 44: 1068 1785 1785 1784 1784 1069 1070 1069 IO-APIC-level eth1 | 51 | CPU0 CPU1 CPU2 CPU3 CPU4 CPU5 CPU6 CPU7 |
36 | [root@moon 44]# | 52 | 44: 1068 1785 1785 1783 1784 1069 1070 1069 IO-APIC-level eth1 |
53 | |||
54 | This time around IRQ44 was delivered only to the last four processors. | ||
55 | i.e counters for the CPU0-3 did not change. | ||
37 | 56 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt index c64158ecde43..a6d32e65d222 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt | |||
@@ -93,6 +93,9 @@ Since NMI handlers disable preemption, synchronize_sched() is guaranteed | |||
93 | not to return until all ongoing NMI handlers exit. It is therefore safe | 93 | not to return until all ongoing NMI handlers exit. It is therefore safe |
94 | to free up the handler's data as soon as synchronize_sched() returns. | 94 | to free up the handler's data as soon as synchronize_sched() returns. |
95 | 95 | ||
96 | Important note: for this to work, the architecture in question must | ||
97 | invoke irq_enter() and irq_exit() on NMI entry and exit, respectively. | ||
98 | |||
96 | 99 | ||
97 | Answer to Quick Quiz | 100 | Answer to Quick Quiz |
98 | 101 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index 39ad8f56783a..9f711d2df91b 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt | |||
@@ -52,6 +52,10 @@ of each iteration. Unfortunately, chaotic relaxation requires highly | |||
52 | structured data, such as the matrices used in scientific programs, and | 52 | structured data, such as the matrices used in scientific programs, and |
53 | is thus inapplicable to most data structures in operating-system kernels. | 53 | is thus inapplicable to most data structures in operating-system kernels. |
54 | 54 | ||
55 | In 1992, Henry (now Alexia) Massalin completed a dissertation advising | ||
56 | parallel programmers to defer processing when feasible to simplify | ||
57 | synchronization. RCU makes extremely heavy use of this advice. | ||
58 | |||
55 | In 1993, Jacobson [Jacobson93] verbally described what is perhaps the | 59 | In 1993, Jacobson [Jacobson93] verbally described what is perhaps the |
56 | simplest deferred-free technique: simply waiting a fixed amount of time | 60 | simplest deferred-free technique: simply waiting a fixed amount of time |
57 | before freeing blocks awaiting deferred free. Jacobson did not describe | 61 | before freeing blocks awaiting deferred free. Jacobson did not describe |
@@ -138,6 +142,13 @@ blocking in read-side critical sections appeared [PaulEMcKenney2006c], | |||
138 | Robert Olsson described an RCU-protected trie-hash combination | 142 | Robert Olsson described an RCU-protected trie-hash combination |
139 | [RobertOlsson2006a]. | 143 | [RobertOlsson2006a]. |
140 | 144 | ||
145 | 2007 saw the journal version of the award-winning RCU paper from 2006 | ||
146 | [ThomasEHart2007a], as well as a paper demonstrating use of Promela | ||
147 | and Spin to mechanically verify an optimization to Oleg Nesterov's | ||
148 | QRCU [PaulEMcKenney2007QRCUspin], a design document describing | ||
149 | preemptible RCU [PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCU], and the three-part | ||
150 | LWN "What is RCU?" series [PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally, | ||
151 | PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUUsage, and PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUAPI]. | ||
141 | 152 | ||
142 | Bibtex Entries | 153 | Bibtex Entries |
143 | 154 | ||
@@ -202,6 +213,20 @@ Bibtex Entries | |||
202 | ,Year="1991" | 213 | ,Year="1991" |
203 | } | 214 | } |
204 | 215 | ||
216 | @phdthesis{HMassalinPhD | ||
217 | ,author="H. Massalin" | ||
218 | ,title="Synthesis: An Efficient Implementation of Fundamental Operating | ||
219 | System Services" | ||
220 | ,school="Columbia University" | ||
221 | ,address="New York, NY" | ||
222 | ,year="1992" | ||
223 | ,annotation=" | ||
224 | Mondo optimizing compiler. | ||
225 | Wait-free stuff. | ||
226 | Good advice: defer work to avoid synchronization. | ||
227 | " | ||
228 | } | ||
229 | |||
205 | @unpublished{Jacobson93 | 230 | @unpublished{Jacobson93 |
206 | ,author="Van Jacobson" | 231 | ,author="Van Jacobson" |
207 | ,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free" | 232 | ,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free" |
@@ -635,3 +660,86 @@ Revised: | |||
635 | " | 660 | " |
636 | } | 661 | } |
637 | 662 | ||
663 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCU | ||
664 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
665 | ,Title="The design of preemptible read-copy-update" | ||
666 | ,month="October" | ||
667 | ,day="8" | ||
668 | ,year="2007" | ||
669 | ,note="Available: | ||
670 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/253651/} | ||
671 | [Viewed October 25, 2007]" | ||
672 | ,annotation=" | ||
673 | LWN article describing the design of preemptible RCU. | ||
674 | " | ||
675 | } | ||
676 | |||
677 | ######################################################################## | ||
678 | # | ||
679 | # "What is RCU?" LWN series. | ||
680 | # | ||
681 | |||
682 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally | ||
683 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" | ||
684 | ,Title="What is {RCU}, Fundamentally?" | ||
685 | ,month="December" | ||
686 | ,day="17" | ||
687 | ,year="2007" | ||
688 | ,note="Available: | ||
689 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/} | ||
690 | [Viewed December 27, 2007]" | ||
691 | ,annotation=" | ||
692 | Lays out the three basic components of RCU: (1) publish-subscribe, | ||
693 | (2) wait for pre-existing readers to complete, and (2) maintain | ||
694 | multiple versions. | ||
695 | " | ||
696 | } | ||
697 | |||
698 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUUsage | ||
699 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
700 | ,Title="What is {RCU}? Part 2: Usage" | ||
701 | ,month="January" | ||
702 | ,day="4" | ||
703 | ,year="2008" | ||
704 | ,note="Available: | ||
705 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/} | ||
706 | [Viewed January 4, 2008]" | ||
707 | ,annotation=" | ||
708 | Lays out six uses of RCU: | ||
709 | 1. RCU is a Reader-Writer Lock Replacement | ||
710 | 2. RCU is a Restricted Reference-Counting Mechanism | ||
711 | 3. RCU is a Bulk Reference-Counting Mechanism | ||
712 | 4. RCU is a Poor Man's Garbage Collector | ||
713 | 5. RCU is a Way of Providing Existence Guarantees | ||
714 | 6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish | ||
715 | " | ||
716 | } | ||
717 | |||
718 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUAPI | ||
719 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
720 | ,Title="{RCU} part 3: the {RCU} {API}" | ||
721 | ,month="January" | ||
722 | ,day="17" | ||
723 | ,year="2008" | ||
724 | ,note="Available: | ||
725 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/} | ||
726 | [Viewed January 10, 2008]" | ||
727 | ,annotation=" | ||
728 | Gives an overview of the Linux-kernel RCU API and a brief annotated RCU | ||
729 | bibliography. | ||
730 | " | ||
731 | } | ||
732 | |||
733 | @article{DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ | ||
734 | ,author="D. Guniguntala and P. E. McKenney and J. Triplett and J. Walpole" | ||
735 | ,title="The read-copy-update mechanism for supporting real-time applications on shared-memory multiprocessor systems with {Linux}" | ||
736 | ,Year="2008" | ||
737 | ,Month="April" | ||
738 | ,journal="IBM Systems Journal" | ||
739 | ,volume="47" | ||
740 | ,number="2" | ||
741 | ,pages="@@-@@" | ||
742 | ,annotation=" | ||
743 | RCU, realtime RCU, sleepable RCU, performance. | ||
744 | " | ||
745 | } | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt index 42b01bc2e1b4..cf5562cbe356 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt | |||
@@ -13,10 +13,13 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! | |||
13 | detailed performance measurements show that RCU is nonetheless | 13 | detailed performance measurements show that RCU is nonetheless |
14 | the right tool for the job. | 14 | the right tool for the job. |
15 | 15 | ||
16 | The other exception would be where performance is not an issue, | 16 | Another exception is where performance is not an issue, and RCU |
17 | and RCU provides a simpler implementation. An example of this | 17 | provides a simpler implementation. An example of this situation |
18 | situation is the dynamic NMI code in the Linux 2.6 kernel, | 18 | is the dynamic NMI code in the Linux 2.6 kernel, at least on |
19 | at least on architectures where NMIs are rare. | 19 | architectures where NMIs are rare. |
20 | |||
21 | Yet another exception is where the low real-time latency of RCU's | ||
22 | read-side primitives is critically important. | ||
20 | 23 | ||
21 | 1. Does the update code have proper mutual exclusion? | 24 | 1. Does the update code have proper mutual exclusion? |
22 | 25 | ||
@@ -39,9 +42,10 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! | |||
39 | 42 | ||
40 | 2. Do the RCU read-side critical sections make proper use of | 43 | 2. Do the RCU read-side critical sections make proper use of |
41 | rcu_read_lock() and friends? These primitives are needed | 44 | rcu_read_lock() and friends? These primitives are needed |
42 | to suppress preemption (or bottom halves, in the case of | 45 | to prevent grace periods from ending prematurely, which |
43 | rcu_read_lock_bh()) in the read-side critical sections, | 46 | could result in data being unceremoniously freed out from |
44 | and are also an excellent aid to readability. | 47 | under your read-side code, which can greatly increase the |
48 | actuarial risk of your kernel. | ||
45 | 49 | ||
46 | As a rough rule of thumb, any dereference of an RCU-protected | 50 | As a rough rule of thumb, any dereference of an RCU-protected |
47 | pointer must be covered by rcu_read_lock() or rcu_read_lock_bh() | 51 | pointer must be covered by rcu_read_lock() or rcu_read_lock_bh() |
@@ -54,15 +58,30 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! | |||
54 | be running while updates are in progress. There are a number | 58 | be running while updates are in progress. There are a number |
55 | of ways to handle this concurrency, depending on the situation: | 59 | of ways to handle this concurrency, depending on the situation: |
56 | 60 | ||
57 | a. Make updates appear atomic to readers. For example, | 61 | a. Use the RCU variants of the list and hlist update |
62 | primitives to add, remove, and replace elements on an | ||
63 | RCU-protected list. Alternatively, use the RCU-protected | ||
64 | trees that have been added to the Linux kernel. | ||
65 | |||
66 | This is almost always the best approach. | ||
67 | |||
68 | b. Proceed as in (a) above, but also maintain per-element | ||
69 | locks (that are acquired by both readers and writers) | ||
70 | that guard per-element state. Of course, fields that | ||
71 | the readers refrain from accessing can be guarded by the | ||
72 | update-side lock. | ||
73 | |||
74 | This works quite well, also. | ||
75 | |||
76 | c. Make updates appear atomic to readers. For example, | ||
58 | pointer updates to properly aligned fields will appear | 77 | pointer updates to properly aligned fields will appear |
59 | atomic, as will individual atomic primitives. Operations | 78 | atomic, as will individual atomic primitives. Operations |
60 | performed under a lock and sequences of multiple atomic | 79 | performed under a lock and sequences of multiple atomic |
61 | primitives will -not- appear to be atomic. | 80 | primitives will -not- appear to be atomic. |
62 | 81 | ||
63 | This is almost always the best approach. | 82 | This can work, but is starting to get a bit tricky. |
64 | 83 | ||
65 | b. Carefully order the updates and the reads so that | 84 | d. Carefully order the updates and the reads so that |
66 | readers see valid data at all phases of the update. | 85 | readers see valid data at all phases of the update. |
67 | This is often more difficult than it sounds, especially | 86 | This is often more difficult than it sounds, especially |
68 | given modern CPUs' tendency to reorder memory references. | 87 | given modern CPUs' tendency to reorder memory references. |
@@ -123,18 +142,22 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! | |||
123 | when publicizing a pointer to a structure that can | 142 | when publicizing a pointer to a structure that can |
124 | be traversed by an RCU read-side critical section. | 143 | be traversed by an RCU read-side critical section. |
125 | 144 | ||
126 | 5. If call_rcu(), or a related primitive such as call_rcu_bh(), | 145 | 5. If call_rcu(), or a related primitive such as call_rcu_bh() or |
127 | is used, the callback function must be written to be called | 146 | call_rcu_sched(), is used, the callback function must be |
128 | from softirq context. In particular, it cannot block. | 147 | written to be called from softirq context. In particular, |
148 | it cannot block. | ||
129 | 149 | ||
130 | 6. Since synchronize_rcu() can block, it cannot be called from | 150 | 6. Since synchronize_rcu() can block, it cannot be called from |
131 | any sort of irq context. | 151 | any sort of irq context. Ditto for synchronize_sched() and |
152 | synchronize_srcu(). | ||
132 | 153 | ||
133 | 7. If the updater uses call_rcu(), then the corresponding readers | 154 | 7. If the updater uses call_rcu(), then the corresponding readers |
134 | must use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater | 155 | must use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater |
135 | uses call_rcu_bh(), then the corresponding readers must use | 156 | uses call_rcu_bh(), then the corresponding readers must use |
136 | rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(). Mixing things up | 157 | rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(). If the updater |
137 | will result in confusion and broken kernels. | 158 | uses call_rcu_sched(), then the corresponding readers must |
159 | disable preemption. Mixing things up will result in confusion | ||
160 | and broken kernels. | ||
138 | 161 | ||
139 | One exception to this rule: rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() | 162 | One exception to this rule: rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() |
140 | may be substituted for rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh() | 163 | may be substituted for rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh() |
@@ -143,9 +166,9 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! | |||
143 | such cases is a must, of course! And the jury is still out on | 166 | such cases is a must, of course! And the jury is still out on |
144 | whether the increased speed is worth it. | 167 | whether the increased speed is worth it. |
145 | 168 | ||
146 | 8. Although synchronize_rcu() is a bit slower than is call_rcu(), | 169 | 8. Although synchronize_rcu() is slower than is call_rcu(), it |
147 | it usually results in simpler code. So, unless update | 170 | usually results in simpler code. So, unless update performance |
148 | performance is critically important or the updaters cannot block, | 171 | is critically important or the updaters cannot block, |
149 | synchronize_rcu() should be used in preference to call_rcu(). | 172 | synchronize_rcu() should be used in preference to call_rcu(). |
150 | 173 | ||
151 | An especially important property of the synchronize_rcu() | 174 | An especially important property of the synchronize_rcu() |
@@ -187,23 +210,23 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! | |||
187 | number of updates per grace period. | 210 | number of updates per grace period. |
188 | 211 | ||
189 | 9. All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include | 212 | 9. All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include |
190 | list_for_each_rcu(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(), | 213 | rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_rcu(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(), |
191 | list_for_each_continue_rcu(), and list_for_each_safe_rcu(), | 214 | list_for_each_continue_rcu(), and list_for_each_safe_rcu(), |
192 | must be within an RCU read-side critical section. RCU | 215 | must be either within an RCU read-side critical section or |
216 | must be protected by appropriate update-side locks. RCU | ||
193 | read-side critical sections are delimited by rcu_read_lock() | 217 | read-side critical sections are delimited by rcu_read_lock() |
194 | and rcu_read_unlock(), or by similar primitives such as | 218 | and rcu_read_unlock(), or by similar primitives such as |
195 | rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(). | 219 | rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(). |
196 | 220 | ||
197 | Use of the _rcu() list-traversal primitives outside of an | 221 | The reason that it is permissible to use RCU list-traversal |
198 | RCU read-side critical section causes no harm other than | 222 | primitives when the update-side lock is held is that doing so |
199 | a slight performance degradation on Alpha CPUs. It can | 223 | can be quite helpful in reducing code bloat when common code is |
200 | also be quite helpful in reducing code bloat when common | 224 | shared between readers and updaters. |
201 | code is shared between readers and updaters. | ||
202 | 225 | ||
203 | 10. Conversely, if you are in an RCU read-side critical section, | 226 | 10. Conversely, if you are in an RCU read-side critical section, |
204 | you -must- use the "_rcu()" variants of the list macros. | 227 | and you don't hold the appropriate update-side lock, you -must- |
205 | Failing to do so will break Alpha and confuse people reading | 228 | use the "_rcu()" variants of the list macros. Failing to do so |
206 | your code. | 229 | will break Alpha and confuse people reading your code. |
207 | 230 | ||
208 | 11. Note that synchronize_rcu() -only- guarantees to wait until | 231 | 11. Note that synchronize_rcu() -only- guarantees to wait until |
209 | all currently executing rcu_read_lock()-protected RCU read-side | 232 | all currently executing rcu_read_lock()-protected RCU read-side |
@@ -230,6 +253,14 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! | |||
230 | must use whatever locking or other synchronization is required | 253 | must use whatever locking or other synchronization is required |
231 | to safely access and/or modify that data structure. | 254 | to safely access and/or modify that data structure. |
232 | 255 | ||
256 | RCU callbacks are -usually- executed on the same CPU that executed | ||
257 | the corresponding call_rcu(), call_rcu_bh(), or call_rcu_sched(), | ||
258 | but are by -no- means guaranteed to be. For example, if a given | ||
259 | CPU goes offline while having an RCU callback pending, then that | ||
260 | RCU callback will execute on some surviving CPU. (If this was | ||
261 | not the case, a self-spawning RCU callback would prevent the | ||
262 | victim CPU from ever going offline.) | ||
263 | |||
233 | 14. SRCU (srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock(), and synchronize_srcu()) | 264 | 14. SRCU (srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock(), and synchronize_srcu()) |
234 | may only be invoked from process context. Unlike other forms of | 265 | may only be invoked from process context. Unlike other forms of |
235 | RCU, it -is- permissible to block in an SRCU read-side critical | 266 | RCU, it -is- permissible to block in an SRCU read-side critical |
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt index 2967a65269d8..a342b6e1cc10 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt | |||
@@ -10,23 +10,30 @@ status messages via printk(), which can be examined via the dmesg | |||
10 | command (perhaps grepping for "torture"). The test is started | 10 | command (perhaps grepping for "torture"). The test is started |
11 | when the module is loaded, and stops when the module is unloaded. | 11 | when the module is loaded, and stops when the module is unloaded. |
12 | 12 | ||
13 | However, actually setting this config option to "y" results in the system | 13 | CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE |
14 | running the test immediately upon boot, and ending only when the system | 14 | |
15 | is taken down. Normally, one will instead want to build the system | 15 | It is also possible to specify CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST=y, which will |
16 | with CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST=m and to use modprobe and rmmod to control | 16 | result in the tests being loaded into the base kernel. In this case, |
17 | the test, perhaps using a script similar to the one shown at the end of | 17 | the CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE config option is used to specify |
18 | this document. Note that you will need CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD in order | 18 | whether the RCU torture tests are to be started immediately during |
19 | to be able to end the test. | 19 | boot or whether the /proc/sys/kernel/rcutorture_runnable file is used |
20 | to enable them. This /proc file can be used to repeatedly pause and | ||
21 | restart the tests, regardless of the initial state specified by the | ||
22 | CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE config option. | ||
23 | |||
24 | You will normally -not- want to start the RCU torture tests during boot | ||
25 | (and thus the default is CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE=n), but doing | ||
26 | this can sometimes be useful in finding boot-time bugs. | ||
20 | 27 | ||
21 | 28 | ||
22 | MODULE PARAMETERS | 29 | MODULE PARAMETERS |
23 | 30 | ||
24 | This module has the following parameters: | 31 | This module has the following parameters: |
25 | 32 | ||
26 | nreaders This is the number of RCU reading threads supported. | 33 | irqreaders Says to invoke RCU readers from irq level. This is currently |
27 | The default is twice the number of CPUs. Why twice? | 34 | done via timers. Defaults to "1" for variants of RCU that |
28 | To properly exercise RCU implementations with preemptible | 35 | permit this. (Or, more accurately, variants of RCU that do |
29 | read-side critical sections. | 36 | -not- permit this know to ignore this variable.) |
30 | 37 | ||
31 | nfakewriters This is the number of RCU fake writer threads to run. Fake | 38 | nfakewriters This is the number of RCU fake writer threads to run. Fake |
32 | writer threads repeatedly use the synchronous "wait for | 39 | writer threads repeatedly use the synchronous "wait for |
@@ -37,6 +44,16 @@ nfakewriters This is the number of RCU fake writer threads to run. Fake | |||
37 | to trigger special cases caused by multiple writers, such as | 44 | to trigger special cases caused by multiple writers, such as |
38 | the synchronize_srcu() early return optimization. | 45 | the synchronize_srcu() early return optimization. |
39 | 46 | ||
47 | nreaders This is the number of RCU reading threads supported. | ||
48 | The default is twice the number of CPUs. Why twice? | ||
49 | To properly exercise RCU implementations with preemptible | ||
50 | read-side critical sections. | ||
51 | |||
52 | shuffle_interval | ||
53 | The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied | ||
54 | to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds. | ||
55 | Used in conjunction with test_no_idle_hz. | ||
56 | |||
40 | stat_interval The number of seconds between output of torture | 57 | stat_interval The number of seconds between output of torture |
41 | statistics (via printk()). Regardless of the interval, | 58 | statistics (via printk()). Regardless of the interval, |
42 | statistics are printed when the module is unloaded. | 59 | statistics are printed when the module is unloaded. |
@@ -44,10 +61,11 @@ stat_interval The number of seconds between output of torture | |||
44 | be printed -only- when the module is unloaded, and this | 61 | be printed -only- when the module is unloaded, and this |
45 | is the default. | 62 | is the default. |
46 | 63 | ||
47 | shuffle_interval | 64 | stutter The length of time to run the test before pausing for this |
48 | The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied | 65 | same period of time. Defaults to "stutter=5", so as |
49 | to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 5 seconds. | 66 | to run and pause for (roughly) five-second intervals. |
50 | Used in conjunction with test_no_idle_hz. | 67 | Specifying "stutter=0" causes the test to run continuously |
68 | without pausing, which is the old default behavior. | ||
51 | 69 | ||
52 | test_no_idle_hz Whether or not to test the ability of RCU to operate in | 70 | test_no_idle_hz Whether or not to test the ability of RCU to operate in |
53 | a kernel that disables the scheduling-clock interrupt to | 71 | a kernel that disables the scheduling-clock interrupt to |
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt index e0d6d99b8f9b..e04d643a9f57 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt | |||
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@ | |||
1 | Please note that the "What is RCU?" LWN series is an excellent place | ||
2 | to start learning about RCU: | ||
3 | |||
4 | 1. What is RCU, Fundamentally? http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/ | ||
5 | 2. What is RCU? Part 2: Usage http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/ | ||
6 | 3. RCU part 3: the RCU API http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/ | ||
7 | |||
8 | |||
1 | What is RCU? | 9 | What is RCU? |
2 | 10 | ||
3 | RCU is a synchronization mechanism that was added to the Linux kernel | 11 | RCU is a synchronization mechanism that was added to the Linux kernel |
@@ -772,26 +780,18 @@ Linux-kernel source code, but it helps to have a full list of the | |||
772 | APIs, since there does not appear to be a way to categorize them | 780 | APIs, since there does not appear to be a way to categorize them |
773 | in docbook. Here is the list, by category. | 781 | in docbook. Here is the list, by category. |
774 | 782 | ||
775 | Markers for RCU read-side critical sections: | ||
776 | |||
777 | rcu_read_lock | ||
778 | rcu_read_unlock | ||
779 | rcu_read_lock_bh | ||
780 | rcu_read_unlock_bh | ||
781 | srcu_read_lock | ||
782 | srcu_read_unlock | ||
783 | |||
784 | RCU pointer/list traversal: | 783 | RCU pointer/list traversal: |
785 | 784 | ||
786 | rcu_dereference | 785 | rcu_dereference |
786 | list_for_each_entry_rcu | ||
787 | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu | ||
788 | |||
787 | list_for_each_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of | 789 | list_for_each_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of |
788 | list_for_each_entry_rcu) | 790 | list_for_each_entry_rcu) |
789 | list_for_each_entry_rcu | ||
790 | list_for_each_continue_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of new | 791 | list_for_each_continue_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of new |
791 | list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu) | 792 | list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu) |
792 | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu | ||
793 | 793 | ||
794 | RCU pointer update: | 794 | RCU pointer/list update: |
795 | 795 | ||
796 | rcu_assign_pointer | 796 | rcu_assign_pointer |
797 | list_add_rcu | 797 | list_add_rcu |
@@ -799,16 +799,36 @@ RCU pointer update: | |||
799 | list_del_rcu | 799 | list_del_rcu |
800 | list_replace_rcu | 800 | list_replace_rcu |
801 | hlist_del_rcu | 801 | hlist_del_rcu |
802 | hlist_add_after_rcu | ||
803 | hlist_add_before_rcu | ||
802 | hlist_add_head_rcu | 804 | hlist_add_head_rcu |
805 | hlist_replace_rcu | ||
806 | list_splice_init_rcu() | ||
803 | 807 | ||
804 | RCU grace period: | 808 | RCU: Critical sections Grace period Barrier |
809 | |||
810 | rcu_read_lock synchronize_net rcu_barrier | ||
811 | rcu_read_unlock synchronize_rcu | ||
812 | call_rcu | ||
813 | |||
814 | |||
815 | bh: Critical sections Grace period Barrier | ||
816 | |||
817 | rcu_read_lock_bh call_rcu_bh rcu_barrier_bh | ||
818 | rcu_read_unlock_bh | ||
819 | |||
820 | |||
821 | sched: Critical sections Grace period Barrier | ||
822 | |||
823 | [preempt_disable] synchronize_sched rcu_barrier_sched | ||
824 | [and friends] call_rcu_sched | ||
825 | |||
826 | |||
827 | SRCU: Critical sections Grace period Barrier | ||
828 | |||
829 | srcu_read_lock synchronize_srcu N/A | ||
830 | srcu_read_unlock | ||
805 | 831 | ||
806 | synchronize_net | ||
807 | synchronize_sched | ||
808 | synchronize_rcu | ||
809 | synchronize_srcu | ||
810 | call_rcu | ||
811 | call_rcu_bh | ||
812 | 832 | ||
813 | See the comment headers in the source code (or the docbook generated | 833 | See the comment headers in the source code (or the docbook generated |
814 | from them) for more information. | 834 | from them) for more information. |
diff --git a/Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt b/Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e9dc8d86adc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ | |||
1 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
2 | 1. INTRODUCTION | ||
3 | |||
4 | Modern filesystems feature checksumming of data and metadata to | ||
5 | protect against data corruption. However, the detection of the | ||
6 | corruption is done at read time which could potentially be months | ||
7 | after the data was written. At that point the original data that the | ||
8 | application tried to write is most likely lost. | ||
9 | |||
10 | The solution is to ensure that the disk is actually storing what the | ||
11 | application meant it to. Recent additions to both the SCSI family | ||
12 | protocols (SBC Data Integrity Field, SCC protection proposal) as well | ||
13 | as SATA/T13 (External Path Protection) try to remedy this by adding | ||
14 | support for appending integrity metadata to an I/O. The integrity | ||
15 | metadata (or protection information in SCSI terminology) includes a | ||
16 | checksum for each sector as well as an incrementing counter that | ||
17 | ensures the individual sectors are written in the right order. And | ||
18 | for some protection schemes also that the I/O is written to the right | ||
19 | place on disk. | ||
20 | |||
21 | Current storage controllers and devices implement various protective | ||
22 | measures, for instance checksumming and scrubbing. But these | ||
23 | technologies are working in their own isolated domains or at best | ||
24 | between adjacent nodes in the I/O path. The interesting thing about | ||
25 | DIF and the other integrity extensions is that the protection format | ||
26 | is well defined and every node in the I/O path can verify the | ||
27 | integrity of the I/O and reject it if corruption is detected. This | ||
28 | allows not only corruption prevention but also isolation of the point | ||
29 | of failure. | ||
30 | |||
31 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
32 | 2. THE DATA INTEGRITY EXTENSIONS | ||
33 | |||
34 | As written, the protocol extensions only protect the path between | ||
35 | controller and storage device. However, many controllers actually | ||
36 | allow the operating system to interact with the integrity metadata | ||
37 | (IMD). We have been working with several FC/SAS HBA vendors to enable | ||
38 | the protection information to be transferred to and from their | ||
39 | controllers. | ||
40 | |||
41 | The SCSI Data Integrity Field works by appending 8 bytes of protection | ||
42 | information to each sector. The data + integrity metadata is stored | ||
43 | in 520 byte sectors on disk. Data + IMD are interleaved when | ||
44 | transferred between the controller and target. The T13 proposal is | ||
45 | similar. | ||
46 | |||
47 | Because it is highly inconvenient for operating systems to deal with | ||
48 | 520 (and 4104) byte sectors, we approached several HBA vendors and | ||
49 | encouraged them to allow separation of the data and integrity metadata | ||
50 | scatter-gather lists. | ||
51 | |||
52 | The controller will interleave the buffers on write and split them on | ||
53 | read. This means that the Linux can DMA the data buffers to and from | ||
54 | host memory without changes to the page cache. | ||
55 | |||
56 | Also, the 16-bit CRC checksum mandated by both the SCSI and SATA specs | ||
57 | is somewhat heavy to compute in software. Benchmarks found that | ||
58 | calculating this checksum had a significant impact on system | ||
59 | performance for a number of workloads. Some controllers allow a | ||
60 | lighter-weight checksum to be used when interfacing with the operating | ||
61 | system. Emulex, for instance, supports the TCP/IP checksum instead. | ||
62 | The IP checksum received from the OS is converted to the 16-bit CRC | ||
63 | when writing and vice versa. This allows the integrity metadata to be | ||
64 | generated by Linux or the application at very low cost (comparable to | ||
65 | software RAID5). | ||
66 | |||
67 | The IP checksum is weaker than the CRC in terms of detecting bit | ||
68 | errors. However, the strength is really in the separation of the data | ||
69 | buffers and the integrity metadata. These two distinct buffers much | ||
70 | match up for an I/O to complete. | ||
71 | |||
72 | The separation of the data and integrity metadata buffers as well as | ||
73 | the choice in checksums is referred to as the Data Integrity | ||
74 | Extensions. As these extensions are outside the scope of the protocol | ||
75 | bodies (T10, T13), Oracle and its partners are trying to standardize | ||
76 | them within the Storage Networking Industry Association. | ||
77 | |||
78 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
79 | 3. KERNEL CHANGES | ||
80 | |||
81 | The data integrity framework in Linux enables protection information | ||
82 | to be pinned to I/Os and sent to/received from controllers that | ||
83 | support it. | ||
84 | |||
85 | The advantage to the integrity extensions in SCSI and SATA is that | ||
86 | they enable us to protect the entire path from application to storage | ||
87 | device. However, at the same time this is also the biggest | ||
88 | disadvantage. It means that the protection information must be in a | ||
89 | format that can be understood by the disk. | ||
90 | |||
91 | Generally Linux/POSIX applications are agnostic to the intricacies of | ||
92 | the storage devices they are accessing. The virtual filesystem switch | ||
93 | and the block layer make things like hardware sector size and | ||
94 | transport protocols completely transparent to the application. | ||
95 | |||
96 | However, this level of detail is required when preparing the | ||
97 | protection information to send to a disk. Consequently, the very | ||
98 | concept of an end-to-end protection scheme is a layering violation. | ||
99 | It is completely unreasonable for an application to be aware whether | ||
100 | it is accessing a SCSI or SATA disk. | ||
101 | |||
102 | The data integrity support implemented in Linux attempts to hide this | ||
103 | from the application. As far as the application (and to some extent | ||
104 | the kernel) is concerned, the integrity metadata is opaque information | ||
105 | that's attached to the I/O. | ||
106 | |||
107 | The current implementation allows the block layer to automatically | ||
108 | generate the protection information for any I/O. Eventually the | ||
109 | intent is to move the integrity metadata calculation to userspace for | ||
110 | user data. Metadata and other I/O that originates within the kernel | ||
111 | will still use the automatic generation interface. | ||
112 | |||
113 | Some storage devices allow each hardware sector to be tagged with a | ||
114 | 16-bit value. The owner of this tag space is the owner of the block | ||
115 | device. I.e. the filesystem in most cases. The filesystem can use | ||
116 | this extra space to tag sectors as they see fit. Because the tag | ||
117 | space is limited, the block interface allows tagging bigger chunks by | ||
118 | way of interleaving. This way, 8*16 bits of information can be | ||
119 | attached to a typical 4KB filesystem block. | ||
120 | |||
121 | This also means that applications such as fsck and mkfs will need | ||
122 | access to manipulate the tags from user space. A passthrough | ||
123 | interface for this is being worked on. | ||
124 | |||
125 | |||
126 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
127 | 4. BLOCK LAYER IMPLEMENTATION DETAILS | ||
128 | |||
129 | 4.1 BIO | ||
130 | |||
131 | The data integrity patches add a new field to struct bio when | ||
132 | CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INTEGRITY is enabled. bio->bi_integrity is a pointer | ||
133 | to a struct bip which contains the bio integrity payload. Essentially | ||
134 | a bip is a trimmed down struct bio which holds a bio_vec containing | ||
135 | the integrity metadata and the required housekeeping information (bvec | ||
136 | pool, vector count, etc.) | ||
137 | |||
138 | A kernel subsystem can enable data integrity protection on a bio by | ||
139 | calling bio_integrity_alloc(bio). This will allocate and attach the | ||
140 | bip to the bio. | ||
141 | |||
142 | Individual pages containing integrity metadata can subsequently be | ||
143 | attached using bio_integrity_add_page(). | ||
144 | |||
145 | bio_free() will automatically free the bip. | ||
146 | |||
147 | |||
148 | 4.2 BLOCK DEVICE | ||
149 | |||
150 | Because the format of the protection data is tied to the physical | ||
151 | disk, each block device has been extended with a block integrity | ||
152 | profile (struct blk_integrity). This optional profile is registered | ||
153 | with the block layer using blk_integrity_register(). | ||
154 | |||
155 | The profile contains callback functions for generating and verifying | ||
156 | the protection data, as well as getting and setting application tags. | ||
157 | The profile also contains a few constants to aid in completing, | ||
158 | merging and splitting the integrity metadata. | ||
159 | |||
160 | Layered block devices will need to pick a profile that's appropriate | ||
161 | for all subdevices. blk_integrity_compare() can help with that. DM | ||
162 | and MD linear, RAID0 and RAID1 are currently supported. RAID4/5/6 | ||
163 | will require extra work due to the application tag. | ||
164 | |||
165 | |||
166 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
167 | 5.0 BLOCK LAYER INTEGRITY API | ||
168 | |||
169 | 5.1 NORMAL FILESYSTEM | ||
170 | |||
171 | The normal filesystem is unaware that the underlying block device | ||
172 | is capable of sending/receiving integrity metadata. The IMD will | ||
173 | be automatically generated by the block layer at submit_bio() time | ||
174 | in case of a WRITE. A READ request will cause the I/O integrity | ||
175 | to be verified upon completion. | ||
176 | |||
177 | IMD generation and verification can be toggled using the | ||
178 | |||
179 | /sys/block/<bdev>/integrity/write_generate | ||
180 | |||
181 | and | ||
182 | |||
183 | /sys/block/<bdev>/integrity/read_verify | ||
184 | |||
185 | flags. | ||
186 | |||
187 | |||
188 | 5.2 INTEGRITY-AWARE FILESYSTEM | ||
189 | |||
190 | A filesystem that is integrity-aware can prepare I/Os with IMD | ||
191 | attached. It can also use the application tag space if this is | ||
192 | supported by the block device. | ||
193 | |||
194 | |||
195 | int bdev_integrity_enabled(block_device, int rw); | ||
196 | |||
197 | bdev_integrity_enabled() will return 1 if the block device | ||
198 | supports integrity metadata transfer for the data direction | ||
199 | specified in 'rw'. | ||
200 | |||
201 | bdev_integrity_enabled() honors the write_generate and | ||
202 | read_verify flags in sysfs and will respond accordingly. | ||
203 | |||
204 | |||
205 | int bio_integrity_prep(bio); | ||
206 | |||
207 | To generate IMD for WRITE and to set up buffers for READ, the | ||
208 | filesystem must call bio_integrity_prep(bio). | ||
209 | |||
210 | Prior to calling this function, the bio data direction and start | ||
211 | sector must be set, and the bio should have all data pages | ||
212 | added. It is up to the caller to ensure that the bio does not | ||
213 | change while I/O is in progress. | ||
214 | |||
215 | bio_integrity_prep() should only be called if | ||
216 | bio_integrity_enabled() returned 1. | ||
217 | |||
218 | |||
219 | int bio_integrity_tag_size(bio); | ||
220 | |||
221 | If the filesystem wants to use the application tag space it will | ||
222 | first have to find out how much storage space is available. | ||
223 | Because tag space is generally limited (usually 2 bytes per | ||
224 | sector regardless of sector size), the integrity framework | ||
225 | supports interleaving the information between the sectors in an | ||
226 | I/O. | ||
227 | |||
228 | Filesystems can call bio_integrity_tag_size(bio) to find out how | ||
229 | many bytes of storage are available for that particular bio. | ||
230 | |||
231 | Another option is bdev_get_tag_size(block_device) which will | ||
232 | return the number of available bytes per hardware sector. | ||
233 | |||
234 | |||
235 | int bio_integrity_set_tag(bio, void *tag_buf, len); | ||
236 | |||
237 | After a successful return from bio_integrity_prep(), | ||
238 | bio_integrity_set_tag() can be used to attach an opaque tag | ||
239 | buffer to a bio. Obviously this only makes sense if the I/O is | ||
240 | a WRITE. | ||
241 | |||
242 | |||
243 | int bio_integrity_get_tag(bio, void *tag_buf, len); | ||
244 | |||
245 | Similarly, at READ I/O completion time the filesystem can | ||
246 | retrieve the tag buffer using bio_integrity_get_tag(). | ||
247 | |||
248 | |||
249 | 6.3 PASSING EXISTING INTEGRITY METADATA | ||
250 | |||
251 | Filesystems that either generate their own integrity metadata or | ||
252 | are capable of transferring IMD from user space can use the | ||
253 | following calls: | ||
254 | |||
255 | |||
256 | struct bip * bio_integrity_alloc(bio, gfp_mask, nr_pages); | ||
257 | |||
258 | Allocates the bio integrity payload and hangs it off of the bio. | ||
259 | nr_pages indicate how many pages of protection data need to be | ||
260 | stored in the integrity bio_vec list (similar to bio_alloc()). | ||
261 | |||
262 | The integrity payload will be freed at bio_free() time. | ||
263 | |||
264 | |||
265 | int bio_integrity_add_page(bio, page, len, offset); | ||
266 | |||
267 | Attaches a page containing integrity metadata to an existing | ||
268 | bio. The bio must have an existing bip, | ||
269 | i.e. bio_integrity_alloc() must have been called. For a WRITE, | ||
270 | the integrity metadata in the pages must be in a format | ||
271 | understood by the target device with the notable exception that | ||
272 | the sector numbers will be remapped as the request traverses the | ||
273 | I/O stack. This implies that the pages added using this call | ||
274 | will be modified during I/O! The first reference tag in the | ||
275 | integrity metadata must have a value of bip->bip_sector. | ||
276 | |||
277 | Pages can be added using bio_integrity_add_page() as long as | ||
278 | there is room in the bip bio_vec array (nr_pages). | ||
279 | |||
280 | Upon completion of a READ operation, the attached pages will | ||
281 | contain the integrity metadata received from the storage device. | ||
282 | It is up to the receiver to process them and verify data | ||
283 | integrity upon completion. | ||
284 | |||
285 | |||
286 | 6.4 REGISTERING A BLOCK DEVICE AS CAPABLE OF EXCHANGING INTEGRITY | ||
287 | METADATA | ||
288 | |||
289 | To enable integrity exchange on a block device the gendisk must be | ||
290 | registered as capable: | ||
291 | |||
292 | int blk_integrity_register(gendisk, blk_integrity); | ||
293 | |||
294 | The blk_integrity struct is a template and should contain the | ||
295 | following: | ||
296 | |||
297 | static struct blk_integrity my_profile = { | ||
298 | .name = "STANDARDSBODY-TYPE-VARIANT-CSUM", | ||
299 | .generate_fn = my_generate_fn, | ||
300 | .verify_fn = my_verify_fn, | ||
301 | .get_tag_fn = my_get_tag_fn, | ||
302 | .set_tag_fn = my_set_tag_fn, | ||
303 | .tuple_size = sizeof(struct my_tuple_size), | ||
304 | .tag_size = <tag bytes per hw sector>, | ||
305 | }; | ||
306 | |||
307 | 'name' is a text string which will be visible in sysfs. This is | ||
308 | part of the userland API so chose it carefully and never change | ||
309 | it. The format is standards body-type-variant. | ||
310 | E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-IP or T13-EPP-0-CRC. | ||
311 | |||
312 | 'generate_fn' generates appropriate integrity metadata (for WRITE). | ||
313 | |||
314 | 'verify_fn' verifies that the data buffer matches the integrity | ||
315 | metadata. | ||
316 | |||
317 | 'tuple_size' must be set to match the size of the integrity | ||
318 | metadata per sector. I.e. 8 for DIF and EPP. | ||
319 | |||
320 | 'tag_size' must be set to identify how many bytes of tag space | ||
321 | are available per hardware sector. For DIF this is either 2 or | ||
322 | 0 depending on the value of the Control Mode Page ATO bit. | ||
323 | |||
324 | See 6.2 for a description of get_tag_fn and set_tag_fn. | ||
325 | |||
326 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
327 | 2007-12-24 Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/cputopology.txt b/Documentation/cputopology.txt index b61cb9564023..bd699da24666 100644 --- a/Documentation/cputopology.txt +++ b/Documentation/cputopology.txt | |||
@@ -14,9 +14,8 @@ represent the thread siblings to cpu X in the same physical package; | |||
14 | To implement it in an architecture-neutral way, a new source file, | 14 | To implement it in an architecture-neutral way, a new source file, |
15 | drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 4 attributes. | 15 | drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 4 attributes. |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | If one architecture wants to support this feature, it just needs to | 17 | For an architecture to support this feature, it must define some of |
18 | implement 4 defines, typically in file include/asm-XXX/topology.h. | 18 | these macros in include/asm-XXX/topology.h: |
19 | The 4 defines are: | ||
20 | #define topology_physical_package_id(cpu) | 19 | #define topology_physical_package_id(cpu) |
21 | #define topology_core_id(cpu) | 20 | #define topology_core_id(cpu) |
22 | #define topology_thread_siblings(cpu) | 21 | #define topology_thread_siblings(cpu) |
@@ -25,17 +24,10 @@ The 4 defines are: | |||
25 | The type of **_id is int. | 24 | The type of **_id is int. |
26 | The type of siblings is cpumask_t. | 25 | The type of siblings is cpumask_t. |
27 | 26 | ||
28 | To be consistent on all architectures, the 4 attributes should have | 27 | To be consistent on all architectures, include/linux/topology.h |
29 | default values if their values are unavailable. Below is the rule. | 28 | provides default definitions for any of the above macros that are |
30 | 1) physical_package_id: If cpu has no physical package id, -1 is the | 29 | not defined by include/asm-XXX/topology.h: |
31 | default value. | 30 | 1) physical_package_id: -1 |
32 | 2) core_id: If cpu doesn't support multi-core, its core id is 0. | 31 | 2) core_id: 0 |
33 | 3) thread_siblings: Just include itself, if the cpu doesn't support | 32 | 3) thread_siblings: just the given CPU |
34 | HT/multi-thread. | 33 | 4) core_siblings: just the given CPU |
35 | 4) core_siblings: Just include itself, if the cpu doesn't support | ||
36 | multi-core and HT/Multi-thread. | ||
37 | |||
38 | So be careful when declaring the 4 defines in include/asm-XXX/topology.h. | ||
39 | |||
40 | If an attribute isn't defined on an architecture, it won't be exported. | ||
41 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt index 46ece3fba6f9..65a1482457a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt +++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt | |||
@@ -222,13 +222,6 @@ Who: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> | |||
222 | 222 | ||
223 | --------------------------- | 223 | --------------------------- |
224 | 224 | ||
225 | What: i2c-i810, i2c-prosavage and i2c-savage4 | ||
226 | When: May 2008 | ||
227 | Why: These drivers are superseded by i810fb, intelfb and savagefb. | ||
228 | Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
229 | |||
230 | --------------------------- | ||
231 | |||
232 | What (Why): | 225 | What (Why): |
233 | - include/linux/netfilter_ipv4/ipt_TOS.h ipt_tos.h header files | 226 | - include/linux/netfilter_ipv4/ipt_TOS.h ipt_tos.h header files |
234 | (superseded by xt_TOS/xt_tos target & match) | 227 | (superseded by xt_TOS/xt_tos target & match) |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt index 44c97e6accb2..15838d706ea2 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt | |||
@@ -233,10 +233,12 @@ accomplished via the group operations specified on the group's | |||
233 | config_item_type. | 233 | config_item_type. |
234 | 234 | ||
235 | struct configfs_group_operations { | 235 | struct configfs_group_operations { |
236 | struct config_item *(*make_item)(struct config_group *group, | 236 | int (*make_item)(struct config_group *group, |
237 | const char *name); | 237 | const char *name, |
238 | struct config_group *(*make_group)(struct config_group *group, | 238 | struct config_item **new_item); |
239 | const char *name); | 239 | int (*make_group)(struct config_group *group, |
240 | const char *name, | ||
241 | struct config_group **new_group); | ||
240 | int (*commit_item)(struct config_item *item); | 242 | int (*commit_item)(struct config_item *item); |
241 | void (*disconnect_notify)(struct config_group *group, | 243 | void (*disconnect_notify)(struct config_group *group, |
242 | struct config_item *item); | 244 | struct config_item *item); |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example.c b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example.c index 25151fd5c2c6..0b422acd470c 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example.c +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example.c | |||
@@ -273,13 +273,13 @@ static inline struct simple_children *to_simple_children(struct config_item *ite | |||
273 | return item ? container_of(to_config_group(item), struct simple_children, group) : NULL; | 273 | return item ? container_of(to_config_group(item), struct simple_children, group) : NULL; |
274 | } | 274 | } |
275 | 275 | ||
276 | static struct config_item *simple_children_make_item(struct config_group *group, const char *name) | 276 | static int simple_children_make_item(struct config_group *group, const char *name, struct config_item **new_item) |
277 | { | 277 | { |
278 | struct simple_child *simple_child; | 278 | struct simple_child *simple_child; |
279 | 279 | ||
280 | simple_child = kzalloc(sizeof(struct simple_child), GFP_KERNEL); | 280 | simple_child = kzalloc(sizeof(struct simple_child), GFP_KERNEL); |
281 | if (!simple_child) | 281 | if (!simple_child) |
282 | return NULL; | 282 | return -ENOMEM; |
283 | 283 | ||
284 | 284 | ||
285 | config_item_init_type_name(&simple_child->item, name, | 285 | config_item_init_type_name(&simple_child->item, name, |
@@ -287,7 +287,8 @@ static struct config_item *simple_children_make_item(struct config_group *group, | |||
287 | 287 | ||
288 | simple_child->storeme = 0; | 288 | simple_child->storeme = 0; |
289 | 289 | ||
290 | return &simple_child->item; | 290 | *new_item = &simple_child->item; |
291 | return 0; | ||
291 | } | 292 | } |
292 | 293 | ||
293 | static struct configfs_attribute simple_children_attr_description = { | 294 | static struct configfs_attribute simple_children_attr_description = { |
@@ -359,20 +360,21 @@ static struct configfs_subsystem simple_children_subsys = { | |||
359 | * children of its own. | 360 | * children of its own. |
360 | */ | 361 | */ |
361 | 362 | ||
362 | static struct config_group *group_children_make_group(struct config_group *group, const char *name) | 363 | static int group_children_make_group(struct config_group *group, const char *name, struct config_group **new_group) |
363 | { | 364 | { |
364 | struct simple_children *simple_children; | 365 | struct simple_children *simple_children; |
365 | 366 | ||
366 | simple_children = kzalloc(sizeof(struct simple_children), | 367 | simple_children = kzalloc(sizeof(struct simple_children), |
367 | GFP_KERNEL); | 368 | GFP_KERNEL); |
368 | if (!simple_children) | 369 | if (!simple_children) |
369 | return NULL; | 370 | return -ENOMEM; |
370 | 371 | ||
371 | 372 | ||
372 | config_group_init_type_name(&simple_children->group, name, | 373 | config_group_init_type_name(&simple_children->group, name, |
373 | &simple_children_type); | 374 | &simple_children_type); |
374 | 375 | ||
375 | return &simple_children->group; | 376 | *new_group = &simple_children->group; |
377 | return 0; | ||
376 | } | 378 | } |
377 | 379 | ||
378 | static struct configfs_attribute group_children_attr_description = { | 380 | static struct configfs_attribute group_children_attr_description = { |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt index 0c5086db8352..80e193d82e2e 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt | |||
@@ -13,72 +13,93 @@ Mailing list: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org | |||
13 | 1. Quick usage instructions: | 13 | 1. Quick usage instructions: |
14 | =========================== | 14 | =========================== |
15 | 15 | ||
16 | - Grab updated e2fsprogs from | 16 | - Compile and install the latest version of e2fsprogs (as of this |
17 | ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/tytso/e2fsprogs-interim/ | 17 | writing version 1.41) from: |
18 | This is a patchset on top of e2fsprogs-1.39, which can be found at | 18 | |
19 | http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2406 | ||
20 | |||
21 | or | ||
22 | |||
19 | ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/tytso/e2fsprogs/ | 23 | ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/tytso/e2fsprogs/ |
20 | 24 | ||
21 | - It's still mke2fs -j /dev/hda1 | 25 | or grab the latest git repository from: |
26 | |||
27 | git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/ext2/e2fsprogs.git | ||
28 | |||
29 | - Create a new filesystem using the ext4dev filesystem type: | ||
30 | |||
31 | # mke2fs -t ext4dev /dev/hda1 | ||
32 | |||
33 | Or configure an existing ext3 filesystem to support extents and set | ||
34 | the test_fs flag to indicate that it's ok for an in-development | ||
35 | filesystem to touch this filesystem: | ||
22 | 36 | ||
23 | - mount /dev/hda1 /wherever -t ext4dev | 37 | # tune2fs -O extents -E test_fs /dev/hda1 |
24 | 38 | ||
25 | - To enable extents, | 39 | If the filesystem was created with 128 byte inodes, it can be |
40 | converted to use 256 byte for greater efficiency via: | ||
26 | 41 | ||
27 | mount /dev/hda1 /wherever -t ext4dev -o extents | 42 | # tune2fs -I 256 /dev/hda1 |
28 | 43 | ||
29 | - The filesystem is compatible with the ext3 driver until you add a file | 44 | (Note: we currently do not have tools to convert an ext4dev |
30 | which has extents (ie: `mount -o extents', then create a file). | 45 | filesystem back to ext3; so please do not do try this on production |
46 | filesystems.) | ||
31 | 47 | ||
32 | NOTE: The "extents" mount flag is temporary. It will soon go away and | 48 | - Mounting: |
33 | extents will be enabled by the "-o extents" flag to mke2fs or tune2fs | 49 | |
50 | # mount -t ext4dev /dev/hda1 /wherever | ||
34 | 51 | ||
35 | - When comparing performance with other filesystems, remember that | 52 | - When comparing performance with other filesystems, remember that |
36 | ext3/4 by default offers higher data integrity guarantees than most. So | 53 | ext3/4 by default offers higher data integrity guarantees than most. |
37 | when comparing with a metadata-only journalling filesystem, use `mount -o | 54 | So when comparing with a metadata-only journalling filesystem, such |
38 | data=writeback'. And you might as well use `mount -o nobh' too along | 55 | as ext3, use `mount -o data=writeback'. And you might as well use |
39 | with it. Making the journal larger than the mke2fs default often helps | 56 | `mount -o nobh' too along with it. Making the journal larger than |
40 | performance with metadata-intensive workloads. | 57 | the mke2fs default often helps performance with metadata-intensive |
58 | workloads. | ||
41 | 59 | ||
42 | 2. Features | 60 | 2. Features |
43 | =========== | 61 | =========== |
44 | 62 | ||
45 | 2.1 Currently available | 63 | 2.1 Currently available |
46 | 64 | ||
47 | * ability to use filesystems > 16TB | 65 | * ability to use filesystems > 16TB (e2fsprogs support not available yet) |
48 | * extent format reduces metadata overhead (RAM, IO for access, transactions) | 66 | * extent format reduces metadata overhead (RAM, IO for access, transactions) |
49 | * extent format more robust in face of on-disk corruption due to magics, | 67 | * extent format more robust in face of on-disk corruption due to magics, |
50 | * internal redunancy in tree | 68 | * internal redunancy in tree |
51 | 69 | * improved file allocation (multi-block alloc) | |
52 | 2.1 Previously available, soon to be enabled by default by "mkefs.ext4": | 70 | * fix 32000 subdirectory limit |
53 | 71 | * nsec timestamps for mtime, atime, ctime, create time | |
54 | * dir_index and resize inode will be on by default | 72 | * inode version field on disk (NFSv4, Lustre) |
55 | * large inodes will be used by default for fast EAs, nsec timestamps, etc | 73 | * reduced e2fsck time via uninit_bg feature |
74 | * journal checksumming for robustness, performance | ||
75 | * persistent file preallocation (e.g for streaming media, databases) | ||
76 | * ability to pack bitmaps and inode tables into larger virtual groups via the | ||
77 | flex_bg feature | ||
78 | * large file support | ||
79 | * Inode allocation using large virtual block groups via flex_bg | ||
80 | * delayed allocation | ||
81 | * large block (up to pagesize) support | ||
82 | * efficent new ordered mode in JBD2 and ext4(avoid using buffer head to force | ||
83 | the ordering) | ||
56 | 84 | ||
57 | 2.2 Candidate features for future inclusion | 85 | 2.2 Candidate features for future inclusion |
58 | 86 | ||
59 | There are several under discussion, whether they all make it in is | 87 | * Online defrag (patches available but not well tested) |
60 | partly a function of how much time everyone has to work on them: | 88 | * reduced mke2fs time via lazy itable initialization in conjuction with |
89 | the uninit_bg feature (capability to do this is available in e2fsprogs | ||
90 | but a kernel thread to do lazy zeroing of unused inode table blocks | ||
91 | after filesystem is first mounted is required for safety) | ||
61 | 92 | ||
62 | * improved file allocation (multi-block alloc, delayed alloc; basically done) | 93 | There are several others under discussion, whether they all make it in is |
63 | * fix 32000 subdirectory limit (patch exists, needs some e2fsck work) | 94 | partly a function of how much time everyone has to work on them. Features like |
64 | * nsec timestamps for mtime, atime, ctime, create time (patch exists, | 95 | metadata checksumming have been discussed and planned for a bit but no patches |
65 | needs some e2fsck work) | 96 | exist yet so I'm not sure they're in the near-term roadmap. |
66 | * inode version field on disk (NFSv4, Lustre; prototype exists) | ||
67 | * reduced mke2fs/e2fsck time via uninitialized groups (prototype exists) | ||
68 | * journal checksumming for robustness, performance (prototype exists) | ||
69 | * persistent file preallocation (e.g for streaming media, databases) | ||
70 | 97 | ||
71 | Features like metadata checksumming have been discussed and planned for | 98 | The big performance win will come with mballoc, delalloc and flex_bg |
72 | a bit but no patches exist yet so I'm not sure they're in the near-term | 99 | grouping of bitmaps and inode tables. Some test results available here: |
73 | roadmap. | ||
74 | 100 | ||
75 | The big performance win will come with mballoc and delalloc. CFS has | 101 | - http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/20080530/ffsb-write-2.6.26-rc2.html |
76 | been using mballoc for a few years already with Lustre, and IBM + Bull | 102 | - http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/20080530/ffsb-readwrite-2.6.26-rc2.html |
77 | did a lot of benchmarking on it. The reason it isn't in the first set of | ||
78 | patches is partly a manageability issue, and partly because it doesn't | ||
79 | directly affect the on-disk format (outside of much better allocation) | ||
80 | so it isn't critical to get into the first round of changes. I believe | ||
81 | Alex is working on a new set of patches right now. | ||
82 | 103 | ||
83 | 3. Options | 104 | 3. Options |
84 | ========== | 105 | ========== |
@@ -222,9 +243,11 @@ stripe=n Number of filesystem blocks that mballoc will try | |||
222 | to use for allocation size and alignment. For RAID5/6 | 243 | to use for allocation size and alignment. For RAID5/6 |
223 | systems this should be the number of data | 244 | systems this should be the number of data |
224 | disks * RAID chunk size in file system blocks. | 245 | disks * RAID chunk size in file system blocks. |
225 | 246 | delalloc (*) Deferring block allocation until write-out time. | |
247 | nodelalloc Disable delayed allocation. Blocks are allocation | ||
248 | when data is copied from user to page cache. | ||
226 | Data Mode | 249 | Data Mode |
227 | --------- | 250 | ========= |
228 | There are 3 different data modes: | 251 | There are 3 different data modes: |
229 | 252 | ||
230 | * writeback mode | 253 | * writeback mode |
@@ -236,10 +259,10 @@ typically provide the best ext4 performance. | |||
236 | 259 | ||
237 | * ordered mode | 260 | * ordered mode |
238 | In data=ordered mode, ext4 only officially journals metadata, but it logically | 261 | In data=ordered mode, ext4 only officially journals metadata, but it logically |
239 | groups metadata and data blocks into a single unit called a transaction. When | 262 | groups metadata information related to data changes with the data blocks into a |
240 | it's time to write the new metadata out to disk, the associated data blocks | 263 | single unit called a transaction. When it's time to write the new metadata |
241 | are written first. In general, this mode performs slightly slower than | 264 | out to disk, the associated data blocks are written first. In general, |
242 | writeback but significantly faster than journal mode. | 265 | this mode performs slightly slower than writeback but significantly faster than journal mode. |
243 | 266 | ||
244 | * journal mode | 267 | * journal mode |
245 | data=journal mode provides full data and metadata journaling. All new data is | 268 | data=journal mode provides full data and metadata journaling. All new data is |
@@ -247,7 +270,8 @@ written to the journal first, and then to its final location. | |||
247 | In the event of a crash, the journal can be replayed, bringing both data and | 270 | In the event of a crash, the journal can be replayed, bringing both data and |
248 | metadata into a consistent state. This mode is the slowest except when data | 271 | metadata into a consistent state. This mode is the slowest except when data |
249 | needs to be read from and written to disk at the same time where it | 272 | needs to be read from and written to disk at the same time where it |
250 | outperforms all others modes. | 273 | outperforms all others modes. Curently ext4 does not have delayed |
274 | allocation support if this data journalling mode is selected. | ||
251 | 275 | ||
252 | References | 276 | References |
253 | ========== | 277 | ========== |
@@ -256,7 +280,8 @@ kernel source: <file:fs/ext4/> | |||
256 | <file:fs/jbd2/> | 280 | <file:fs/jbd2/> |
257 | 281 | ||
258 | programs: http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/ | 282 | programs: http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/ |
259 | http://ext2resize.sourceforge.net | ||
260 | 283 | ||
261 | useful links: http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/ext3-devel | 284 | useful links: http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/ext3-devel |
262 | http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/ | 285 | http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/ |
286 | http://ext4.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Main_Page | ||
287 | http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Features/Ext4 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4dae9a3840bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ | |||
1 | Glock internal locking rules | ||
2 | ------------------------------ | ||
3 | |||
4 | This documents the basic principles of the glock state machine | ||
5 | internals. Each glock (struct gfs2_glock in fs/gfs2/incore.h) | ||
6 | has two main (internal) locks: | ||
7 | |||
8 | 1. A spinlock (gl_spin) which protects the internal state such | ||
9 | as gl_state, gl_target and the list of holders (gl_holders) | ||
10 | 2. A non-blocking bit lock, GLF_LOCK, which is used to prevent other | ||
11 | threads from making calls to the DLM, etc. at the same time. If a | ||
12 | thread takes this lock, it must then call run_queue (usually via the | ||
13 | workqueue) when it releases it in order to ensure any pending tasks | ||
14 | are completed. | ||
15 | |||
16 | The gl_holders list contains all the queued lock requests (not | ||
17 | just the holders) associated with the glock. If there are any | ||
18 | held locks, then they will be contiguous entries at the head | ||
19 | of the list. Locks are granted in strictly the order that they | ||
20 | are queued, except for those marked LM_FLAG_PRIORITY which are | ||
21 | used only during recovery, and even then only for journal locks. | ||
22 | |||
23 | There are three lock states that users of the glock layer can request, | ||
24 | namely shared (SH), deferred (DF) and exclusive (EX). Those translate | ||
25 | to the following DLM lock modes: | ||
26 | |||
27 | Glock mode | DLM lock mode | ||
28 | ------------------------------ | ||
29 | UN | IV/NL Unlocked (no DLM lock associated with glock) or NL | ||
30 | SH | PR (Protected read) | ||
31 | DF | CW (Concurrent write) | ||
32 | EX | EX (Exclusive) | ||
33 | |||
34 | Thus DF is basically a shared mode which is incompatible with the "normal" | ||
35 | shared lock mode, SH. In GFS2 the DF mode is used exclusively for direct I/O | ||
36 | operations. The glocks are basically a lock plus some routines which deal | ||
37 | with cache management. The following rules apply for the cache: | ||
38 | |||
39 | Glock mode | Cache data | Cache Metadata | Dirty Data | Dirty Metadata | ||
40 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
41 | UN | No | No | No | No | ||
42 | SH | Yes | Yes | No | No | ||
43 | DF | No | Yes | No | No | ||
44 | EX | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | ||
45 | |||
46 | These rules are implemented using the various glock operations which | ||
47 | are defined for each type of glock. Not all types of glocks use | ||
48 | all the modes. Only inode glocks use the DF mode for example. | ||
49 | |||
50 | Table of glock operations and per type constants: | ||
51 | |||
52 | Field | Purpose | ||
53 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
54 | go_xmote_th | Called before remote state change (e.g. to sync dirty data) | ||
55 | go_xmote_bh | Called after remote state change (e.g. to refill cache) | ||
56 | go_inval | Called if remote state change requires invalidating the cache | ||
57 | go_demote_ok | Returns boolean value of whether its ok to demote a glock | ||
58 | | (e.g. checks timeout, and that there is no cached data) | ||
59 | go_lock | Called for the first local holder of a lock | ||
60 | go_unlock | Called on the final local unlock of a lock | ||
61 | go_dump | Called to print content of object for debugfs file, or on | ||
62 | | error to dump glock to the log. | ||
63 | go_type; | The type of the glock, LM_TYPE_..... | ||
64 | go_min_hold_time | The minimum hold time | ||
65 | |||
66 | The minimum hold time for each lock is the time after a remote lock | ||
67 | grant for which we ignore remote demote requests. This is in order to | ||
68 | prevent a situation where locks are being bounced around the cluster | ||
69 | from node to node with none of the nodes making any progress. This | ||
70 | tends to show up most with shared mmaped files which are being written | ||
71 | to by multiple nodes. By delaying the demotion in response to a | ||
72 | remote callback, that gives the userspace program time to make | ||
73 | some progress before the pages are unmapped. | ||
74 | |||
75 | There is a plan to try and remove the go_lock and go_unlock callbacks | ||
76 | if possible, in order to try and speed up the fast path though the locking. | ||
77 | Also, eventually we hope to make the glock "EX" mode locally shared | ||
78 | such that any local locking will be done with the i_mutex as required | ||
79 | rather than via the glock. | ||
80 | |||
81 | Locking rules for glock operations: | ||
82 | |||
83 | Operation | GLF_LOCK bit lock held | gl_spin spinlock held | ||
84 | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
85 | go_xmote_th | Yes | No | ||
86 | go_xmote_bh | Yes | No | ||
87 | go_inval | Yes | No | ||
88 | go_demote_ok | Sometimes | Yes | ||
89 | go_lock | Yes | No | ||
90 | go_unlock | Yes | No | ||
91 | go_dump | Sometimes | Yes | ||
92 | |||
93 | N.B. Operations must not drop either the bit lock or the spinlock | ||
94 | if its held on entry. go_dump and do_demote_ok must never block. | ||
95 | Note that go_dump will only be called if the glock's state | ||
96 | indicates that it is caching uptodate data. | ||
97 | |||
98 | Glock locking order within GFS2: | ||
99 | |||
100 | 1. i_mutex (if required) | ||
101 | 2. Rename glock (for rename only) | ||
102 | 3. Inode glock(s) | ||
103 | (Parents before children, inodes at "same level" with same parent in | ||
104 | lock number order) | ||
105 | 4. Rgrp glock(s) (for (de)allocation operations) | ||
106 | 5. Transaction glock (via gfs2_trans_begin) for non-read operations | ||
107 | 6. Page lock (always last, very important!) | ||
108 | |||
109 | There are two glocks per inode. One deals with access to the inode | ||
110 | itself (locking order as above), and the other, known as the iopen | ||
111 | glock is used in conjunction with the i_nlink field in the inode to | ||
112 | determine the lifetime of the inode in question. Locking of inodes | ||
113 | is on a per-inode basis. Locking of rgrps is on a per rgrp basis. | ||
114 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index dbc3c6a3650f..7f268f327d75 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt | |||
@@ -380,28 +380,35 @@ i386 and x86_64 platforms support the new IRQ vector displays. | |||
380 | Of some interest is the introduction of the /proc/irq directory to 2.4. | 380 | Of some interest is the introduction of the /proc/irq directory to 2.4. |
381 | It could be used to set IRQ to CPU affinity, this means that you can "hook" an | 381 | It could be used to set IRQ to CPU affinity, this means that you can "hook" an |
382 | IRQ to only one CPU, or to exclude a CPU of handling IRQs. The contents of the | 382 | IRQ to only one CPU, or to exclude a CPU of handling IRQs. The contents of the |
383 | irq subdir is one subdir for each IRQ, and one file; prof_cpu_mask | 383 | irq subdir is one subdir for each IRQ, and two files; default_smp_affinity and |
384 | prof_cpu_mask. | ||
384 | 385 | ||
385 | For example | 386 | For example |
386 | > ls /proc/irq/ | 387 | > ls /proc/irq/ |
387 | 0 10 12 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 prof_cpu_mask | 388 | 0 10 12 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 prof_cpu_mask |
388 | 1 11 13 15 17 19 3 5 7 9 | 389 | 1 11 13 15 17 19 3 5 7 9 default_smp_affinity |
389 | > ls /proc/irq/0/ | 390 | > ls /proc/irq/0/ |
390 | smp_affinity | 391 | smp_affinity |
391 | 392 | ||
392 | The contents of the prof_cpu_mask file and each smp_affinity file for each IRQ | 393 | smp_affinity is a bitmask, in which you can specify which CPUs can handle the |
393 | is the same by default: | 394 | IRQ, you can set it by doing: |
394 | 395 | ||
395 | > cat /proc/irq/0/smp_affinity | 396 | > echo 1 > /proc/irq/10/smp_affinity |
396 | ffffffff | 397 | |
398 | This means that only the first CPU will handle the IRQ, but you can also echo | ||
399 | 5 which means that only the first and fourth CPU can handle the IRQ. | ||
397 | 400 | ||
398 | It's a bitmask, in which you can specify which CPUs can handle the IRQ, you can | 401 | The contents of each smp_affinity file is the same by default: |
399 | set it by doing: | 402 | |
403 | > cat /proc/irq/0/smp_affinity | ||
404 | ffffffff | ||
400 | 405 | ||
401 | > echo 1 > /proc/irq/prof_cpu_mask | 406 | The default_smp_affinity mask applies to all non-active IRQs, which are the |
407 | IRQs which have not yet been allocated/activated, and hence which lack a | ||
408 | /proc/irq/[0-9]* directory. | ||
402 | 409 | ||
403 | This means that only the first CPU will handle the IRQ, but you can also echo 5 | 410 | prof_cpu_mask specifies which CPUs are to be profiled by the system wide |
404 | which means that only the first and fourth CPU can handle the IRQ. | 411 | profiler. Default value is ffffffff (all cpus). |
405 | 412 | ||
406 | The way IRQs are routed is handled by the IO-APIC, and it's Round Robin | 413 | The way IRQs are routed is handled by the IO-APIC, and it's Round Robin |
407 | between all the CPUs which are allowed to handle it. As usual the kernel has | 414 | between all the CPUs which are allowed to handle it. As usual the kernel has |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..540e9e7f59c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ | |||
1 | Introduction | ||
2 | ============= | ||
3 | |||
4 | UBIFS file-system stands for UBI File System. UBI stands for "Unsorted | ||
5 | Block Images". UBIFS is a flash file system, which means it is designed | ||
6 | to work with flash devices. It is important to understand, that UBIFS | ||
7 | is completely different to any traditional file-system in Linux, like | ||
8 | Ext2, XFS, JFS, etc. UBIFS represents a separate class of file-systems | ||
9 | which work with MTD devices, not block devices. The other Linux | ||
10 | file-system of this class is JFFS2. | ||
11 | |||
12 | To make it more clear, here is a small comparison of MTD devices and | ||
13 | block devices. | ||
14 | |||
15 | 1 MTD devices represent flash devices and they consist of eraseblocks of | ||
16 | rather large size, typically about 128KiB. Block devices consist of | ||
17 | small blocks, typically 512 bytes. | ||
18 | 2 MTD devices support 3 main operations - read from some offset within an | ||
19 | eraseblock, write to some offset within an eraseblock, and erase a whole | ||
20 | eraseblock. Block devices support 2 main operations - read a whole | ||
21 | block and write a whole block. | ||
22 | 3 The whole eraseblock has to be erased before it becomes possible to | ||
23 | re-write its contents. Blocks may be just re-written. | ||
24 | 4 Eraseblocks become worn out after some number of erase cycles - | ||
25 | typically 100K-1G for SLC NAND and NOR flashes, and 1K-10K for MLC | ||
26 | NAND flashes. Blocks do not have the wear-out property. | ||
27 | 5 Eraseblocks may become bad (only on NAND flashes) and software should | ||
28 | deal with this. Blocks on hard drives typically do not become bad, | ||
29 | because hardware has mechanisms to substitute bad blocks, at least in | ||
30 | modern LBA disks. | ||
31 | |||
32 | It should be quite obvious why UBIFS is very different to traditional | ||
33 | file-systems. | ||
34 | |||
35 | UBIFS works on top of UBI. UBI is a separate software layer which may be | ||
36 | found in drivers/mtd/ubi. UBI is basically a volume management and | ||
37 | wear-leveling layer. It provides so called UBI volumes which is a higher | ||
38 | level abstraction than a MTD device. The programming model of UBI devices | ||
39 | is very similar to MTD devices - they still consist of large eraseblocks, | ||
40 | they have read/write/erase operations, but UBI devices are devoid of | ||
41 | limitations like wear and bad blocks (items 4 and 5 in the above list). | ||
42 | |||
43 | In a sense, UBIFS is a next generation of JFFS2 file-system, but it is | ||
44 | very different and incompatible to JFFS2. The following are the main | ||
45 | differences. | ||
46 | |||
47 | * JFFS2 works on top of MTD devices, UBIFS depends on UBI and works on | ||
48 | top of UBI volumes. | ||
49 | * JFFS2 does not have on-media index and has to build it while mounting, | ||
50 | which requires full media scan. UBIFS maintains the FS indexing | ||
51 | information on the flash media and does not require full media scan, | ||
52 | so it mounts many times faster than JFFS2. | ||
53 | * JFFS2 is a write-through file-system, while UBIFS supports write-back, | ||
54 | which makes UBIFS much faster on writes. | ||
55 | |||
56 | Similarly to JFFS2, UBIFS supports on-the-flight compression which makes | ||
57 | it possible to fit quite a lot of data to the flash. | ||
58 | |||
59 | Similarly to JFFS2, UBIFS is tolerant of unclean reboots and power-cuts. | ||
60 | It does not need stuff like ckfs.ext2. UBIFS automatically replays its | ||
61 | journal and recovers from crashes, ensuring that the on-flash data | ||
62 | structures are consistent. | ||
63 | |||
64 | UBIFS scales logarithmically (most of the data structures it uses are | ||
65 | trees), so the mount time and memory consumption do not linearly depend | ||
66 | on the flash size, like in case of JFFS2. This is because UBIFS | ||
67 | maintains the FS index on the flash media. However, UBIFS depends on | ||
68 | UBI, which scales linearly. So overall UBI/UBIFS stack scales linearly. | ||
69 | Nevertheless, UBI/UBIFS scales considerably better than JFFS2. | ||
70 | |||
71 | The authors of UBIFS believe, that it is possible to develop UBI2 which | ||
72 | would scale logarithmically as well. UBI2 would support the same API as UBI, | ||
73 | but it would be binary incompatible to UBI. So UBIFS would not need to be | ||
74 | changed to use UBI2 | ||
75 | |||
76 | |||
77 | Mount options | ||
78 | ============= | ||
79 | |||
80 | (*) == default. | ||
81 | |||
82 | norm_unmount (*) commit on unmount; the journal is committed | ||
83 | when the file-system is unmounted so that the | ||
84 | next mount does not have to replay the journal | ||
85 | and it becomes very fast; | ||
86 | fast_unmount do not commit on unmount; this option makes | ||
87 | unmount faster, but the next mount slower | ||
88 | because of the need to replay the journal. | ||
89 | |||
90 | |||
91 | Quick usage instructions | ||
92 | ======================== | ||
93 | |||
94 | The UBI volume to mount is specified using "ubiX_Y" or "ubiX:NAME" syntax, | ||
95 | where "X" is UBI device number, "Y" is UBI volume number, and "NAME" is | ||
96 | UBI volume name. | ||
97 | |||
98 | Mount volume 0 on UBI device 0 to /mnt/ubifs: | ||
99 | $ mount -t ubifs ubi0_0 /mnt/ubifs | ||
100 | |||
101 | Mount "rootfs" volume of UBI device 0 to /mnt/ubifs ("rootfs" is volume | ||
102 | name): | ||
103 | $ mount -t ubifs ubi0:rootfs /mnt/ubifs | ||
104 | |||
105 | The following is an example of the kernel boot arguments to attach mtd0 | ||
106 | to UBI and mount volume "rootfs": | ||
107 | ubi.mtd=0 root=ubi0:rootfs rootfstype=ubifs | ||
108 | |||
109 | |||
110 | Module Parameters for Debugging | ||
111 | =============================== | ||
112 | |||
113 | When UBIFS has been compiled with debugging enabled, there are 3 module | ||
114 | parameters that are available to control aspects of testing and debugging. | ||
115 | The parameters are unsigned integers where each bit controls an option. | ||
116 | The parameters are: | ||
117 | |||
118 | debug_msgs Selects which debug messages to display, as follows: | ||
119 | |||
120 | Message Type Flag value | ||
121 | |||
122 | General messages 1 | ||
123 | Journal messages 2 | ||
124 | Mount messages 4 | ||
125 | Commit messages 8 | ||
126 | LEB search messages 16 | ||
127 | Budgeting messages 32 | ||
128 | Garbage collection messages 64 | ||
129 | Tree Node Cache (TNC) messages 128 | ||
130 | LEB properties (lprops) messages 256 | ||
131 | Input/output messages 512 | ||
132 | Log messages 1024 | ||
133 | Scan messages 2048 | ||
134 | Recovery messages 4096 | ||
135 | |||
136 | debug_chks Selects extra checks that UBIFS can do while running: | ||
137 | |||
138 | Check Flag value | ||
139 | |||
140 | General checks 1 | ||
141 | Check Tree Node Cache (TNC) 2 | ||
142 | Check indexing tree size 4 | ||
143 | Check orphan area 8 | ||
144 | Check old indexing tree 16 | ||
145 | Check LEB properties (lprops) 32 | ||
146 | Check leaf nodes and inodes 64 | ||
147 | |||
148 | debug_tsts Selects a mode of testing, as follows: | ||
149 | |||
150 | Test mode Flag value | ||
151 | |||
152 | Force in-the-gaps method 2 | ||
153 | Failure mode for recovery testing 4 | ||
154 | |||
155 | For example, set debug_msgs to 5 to display General messages and Mount | ||
156 | messages. | ||
157 | |||
158 | |||
159 | References | ||
160 | ========== | ||
161 | |||
162 | UBIFS documentation and FAQ/HOWTO at the MTD web site: | ||
163 | http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/doc/ubifs.html | ||
164 | http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/faq/ubifs.html | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/ftrace.txt index 13e4bf054c38..f218f616ff6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/ftrace.txt | |||
@@ -2,8 +2,12 @@ | |||
2 | ======================== | 2 | ======================== |
3 | 3 | ||
4 | Copyright 2008 Red Hat Inc. | 4 | Copyright 2008 Red Hat Inc. |
5 | Author: Steven Rostedt <srostedt@redhat.com> | 5 | Author: Steven Rostedt <srostedt@redhat.com> |
6 | License: The GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 | ||
7 | Reviewers: Elias Oltmanns, Randy Dunlap, Andrew Morton, | ||
8 | John Kacur, and David Teigland. | ||
6 | 9 | ||
10 | Written for: 2.6.27-rc1 | ||
7 | 11 | ||
8 | Introduction | 12 | Introduction |
9 | ------------ | 13 | ------------ |
@@ -15,10 +19,11 @@ issues that take place outside of user-space. | |||
15 | 19 | ||
16 | Although ftrace is the function tracer, it also includes an | 20 | Although ftrace is the function tracer, it also includes an |
17 | infrastructure that allows for other types of tracing. Some of the | 21 | infrastructure that allows for other types of tracing. Some of the |
18 | tracers that are currently in ftrace is a tracer to trace | 22 | tracers that are currently in ftrace include a tracer to trace |
19 | context switches, the time it takes for a high priority task to | 23 | context switches, the time it takes for a high priority task to |
20 | run after it was woken up, the time interrupts are disabled, and | 24 | run after it was woken up, the time interrupts are disabled, and |
21 | more. | 25 | more (ftrace allows for tracer plugins, which means that the list of |
26 | tracers can always grow). | ||
22 | 27 | ||
23 | 28 | ||
24 | The File System | 29 | The File System |
@@ -32,6 +37,8 @@ To mount the debugfs system: | |||
32 | # mkdir /debug | 37 | # mkdir /debug |
33 | # mount -t debugfs nodev /debug | 38 | # mount -t debugfs nodev /debug |
34 | 39 | ||
40 | (Note: it is more common to mount at /sys/kernel/debug, but for simplicity | ||
41 | this document will use /debug) | ||
35 | 42 | ||
36 | That's it! (assuming that you have ftrace configured into your kernel) | 43 | That's it! (assuming that you have ftrace configured into your kernel) |
37 | 44 | ||
@@ -46,21 +53,20 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: | |||
46 | that is configured. | 53 | that is configured. |
47 | 54 | ||
48 | available_tracers : This holds the different types of tracers that | 55 | available_tracers : This holds the different types of tracers that |
49 | has been compiled into the kernel. The tracers | 56 | have been compiled into the kernel. The tracers |
50 | listed here can be configured by echoing in their | 57 | listed here can be configured by echoing their name |
51 | name into current_tracer. | 58 | into current_tracer. |
52 | 59 | ||
53 | tracing_enabled : This sets or displays whether the current_tracer | 60 | tracing_enabled : This sets or displays whether the current_tracer |
54 | is activated and tracing or not. Echo 0 into this | 61 | is activated and tracing or not. Echo 0 into this |
55 | file to disable the tracer or 1 (or non-zero) to | 62 | file to disable the tracer or 1 to enable it. |
56 | enable it. | ||
57 | 63 | ||
58 | trace : This file holds the output of the trace in a human readable | 64 | trace : This file holds the output of the trace in a human readable |
59 | format. | 65 | format (described below). |
60 | 66 | ||
61 | latency_trace : This file shows the same trace but the information | 67 | latency_trace : This file shows the same trace but the information |
62 | is organized more to display possible latencies | 68 | is organized more to display possible latencies |
63 | in the system. | 69 | in the system (described below). |
64 | 70 | ||
65 | trace_pipe : The output is the same as the "trace" file but this | 71 | trace_pipe : The output is the same as the "trace" file but this |
66 | file is meant to be streamed with live tracing. | 72 | file is meant to be streamed with live tracing. |
@@ -72,7 +78,7 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: | |||
72 | file, it is consumed, and will not be read | 78 | file, it is consumed, and will not be read |
73 | again with a sequential read. The "trace" and | 79 | again with a sequential read. The "trace" and |
74 | "latency_trace" files are static, and if the | 80 | "latency_trace" files are static, and if the |
75 | tracer isn't adding more data, they will display | 81 | tracer is not adding more data, they will display |
76 | the same information every time they are read. | 82 | the same information every time they are read. |
77 | 83 | ||
78 | iter_ctrl : This file lets the user control the amount of data | 84 | iter_ctrl : This file lets the user control the amount of data |
@@ -89,12 +95,14 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: | |||
89 | 95 | ||
90 | trace_entries : This sets or displays the number of trace | 96 | trace_entries : This sets or displays the number of trace |
91 | entries each CPU buffer can hold. The tracer buffers | 97 | entries each CPU buffer can hold. The tracer buffers |
92 | are the same size for each CPU, so care must be | 98 | are the same size for each CPU. The displayed number |
93 | taken when modifying the trace_entries. The number | 99 | is the size of the CPU buffer and not total size. The |
94 | of actually entries will be the number given | 100 | trace buffers are allocated in pages (blocks of memory |
95 | times the number of possible CPUS. The buffers | 101 | that the kernel uses for allocation, usually 4 KB in size). |
96 | are saved as individual pages, and the actual entries | 102 | Since each entry is smaller than a page, if the last |
97 | will always be rounded up to entries per page. | 103 | allocated page has room for more entries than were |
104 | requested, the rest of the page is used to allocate | ||
105 | entries. | ||
98 | 106 | ||
99 | This can only be updated when the current_tracer | 107 | This can only be updated when the current_tracer |
100 | is set to "none". | 108 | is set to "none". |
@@ -107,20 +115,19 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: | |||
107 | on specified CPUS. The format is a hex string | 115 | on specified CPUS. The format is a hex string |
108 | representing the CPUS. | 116 | representing the CPUS. |
109 | 117 | ||
110 | set_ftrace_filter : When dynamic ftrace is configured in, the | 118 | set_ftrace_filter : When dynamic ftrace is configured in (see the |
111 | code is dynamically modified to disable calling | 119 | section below "dynamic ftrace"), the code is dynamically |
112 | of the function profiler (mcount). This lets | 120 | modified (code text rewrite) to disable calling of the |
113 | tracing be configured in with practically no overhead | 121 | function profiler (mcount). This lets tracing be configured |
114 | in performance. This also has a side effect of | 122 | in with practically no overhead in performance. This also |
115 | enabling or disabling specific functions to be | 123 | has a side effect of enabling or disabling specific functions |
116 | traced. Echoing in names of functions into this | 124 | to be traced. Echoing names of functions into this file |
117 | file will limit the trace to only those files. | 125 | will limit the trace to only those functions. |
118 | 126 | ||
119 | set_ftrace_notrace: This has the opposite effect that | 127 | set_ftrace_notrace: This has an effect opposite to that of |
120 | set_ftrace_filter has. Any function that is added | 128 | set_ftrace_filter. Any function that is added here will not |
121 | here will not be traced. If a function exists | 129 | be traced. If a function exists in both set_ftrace_filter |
122 | in both set_ftrace_filter and set_ftrace_notrace | 130 | and set_ftrace_notrace, the function will _not_ be traced. |
123 | the function will _not_ bet traced. | ||
124 | 131 | ||
125 | available_filter_functions : When a function is encountered the first | 132 | available_filter_functions : When a function is encountered the first |
126 | time by the dynamic tracer, it is recorded and | 133 | time by the dynamic tracer, it is recorded and |
@@ -128,32 +135,31 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: | |||
128 | lists the functions that have been recorded | 135 | lists the functions that have been recorded |
129 | by the dynamic tracer and these functions can | 136 | by the dynamic tracer and these functions can |
130 | be used to set the ftrace filter by the above | 137 | be used to set the ftrace filter by the above |
131 | "set_ftrace_filter" file. | 138 | "set_ftrace_filter" file. (See the section "dynamic ftrace" |
139 | below for more details). | ||
132 | 140 | ||
133 | 141 | ||
134 | The Tracers | 142 | The Tracers |
135 | ----------- | 143 | ----------- |
136 | 144 | ||
137 | Here are the list of current tracers that can be configured. | 145 | Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured. |
138 | 146 | ||
139 | ftrace - function tracer that uses mcount to trace all functions. | 147 | ftrace - function tracer that uses mcount to trace all functions. |
140 | It is possible to filter out which functions that are | ||
141 | traced when dynamic ftrace is configured in. | ||
142 | 148 | ||
143 | sched_switch - traces the context switches between tasks. | 149 | sched_switch - traces the context switches between tasks. |
144 | 150 | ||
145 | irqsoff - traces the areas that disable interrupts and saves off | 151 | irqsoff - traces the areas that disable interrupts and saves |
146 | the trace with the longest max latency. | 152 | the trace with the longest max latency. |
147 | See tracing_max_latency. When a new max is recorded, | 153 | See tracing_max_latency. When a new max is recorded, |
148 | it replaces the old trace. It is best to view this | 154 | it replaces the old trace. It is best to view this |
149 | trace with the latency_trace file. | 155 | trace via the latency_trace file. |
150 | 156 | ||
151 | preemptoff - Similar to irqsoff but traces and records the time | 157 | preemptoff - Similar to irqsoff but traces and records the amount of |
152 | preemption is disabled. | 158 | time for which preemption is disabled. |
153 | 159 | ||
154 | preemptirqsoff - Similar to irqsoff and preemptoff, but traces and | 160 | preemptirqsoff - Similar to irqsoff and preemptoff, but traces and |
155 | records the largest time irqs and/or preemption is | 161 | records the largest time for which irqs and/or preemption |
156 | disabled. | 162 | is disabled. |
157 | 163 | ||
158 | wakeup - Traces and records the max latency that it takes for | 164 | wakeup - Traces and records the max latency that it takes for |
159 | the highest priority task to get scheduled after | 165 | the highest priority task to get scheduled after |
@@ -166,13 +172,13 @@ Here are the list of current tracers that can be configured. | |||
166 | Examples of using the tracer | 172 | Examples of using the tracer |
167 | ---------------------------- | 173 | ---------------------------- |
168 | 174 | ||
169 | Here are typical examples of using the tracers with only controlling | 175 | Here are typical examples of using the tracers when controlling them only |
170 | them with the debugfs interface (without using any user-land utilities). | 176 | with the debugfs interface (without using any user-land utilities). |
171 | 177 | ||
172 | Output format: | 178 | Output format: |
173 | -------------- | 179 | -------------- |
174 | 180 | ||
175 | Here's an example of the output format of the file "trace" | 181 | Here is an example of the output format of the file "trace" |
176 | 182 | ||
177 | -------- | 183 | -------- |
178 | # tracer: ftrace | 184 | # tracer: ftrace |
@@ -184,14 +190,15 @@ Here's an example of the output format of the file "trace" | |||
184 | bash-4251 [01] 10152.583855: _atomic_dec_and_lock <-dput | 190 | bash-4251 [01] 10152.583855: _atomic_dec_and_lock <-dput |
185 | -------- | 191 | -------- |
186 | 192 | ||
187 | A header is printed with the trace that is represented. In this case | 193 | A header is printed with the tracer name that is represented by the trace. |
188 | the tracer is "ftrace". Then a header showing the format. Task name | 194 | In this case the tracer is "ftrace". Then a header showing the format. Task |
189 | "bash", the task PID "4251", the CPU that it was running on | 195 | name "bash", the task PID "4251", the CPU that it was running on |
190 | "01", the timestamp in <secs>.<usecs> format, the function name that was | 196 | "01", the timestamp in <secs>.<usecs> format, the function name that was |
191 | traced "path_put" and the parent function that called this function | 197 | traced "path_put" and the parent function that called this function |
192 | "path_walk". | 198 | "path_walk". The timestamp is the time at which the function was |
199 | entered. | ||
193 | 200 | ||
194 | The sched_switch tracer also includes tracing of task wake ups and | 201 | The sched_switch tracer also includes tracing of task wakeups and |
195 | context switches. | 202 | context switches. |
196 | 203 | ||
197 | ksoftirqd/1-7 [01] 1453.070013: 7:115:R + 2916:115:S | 204 | ksoftirqd/1-7 [01] 1453.070013: 7:115:R + 2916:115:S |
@@ -201,7 +208,7 @@ context switches. | |||
201 | kondemand/1-2916 [01] 1453.070013: 2916:115:S ==> 7:115:R | 208 | kondemand/1-2916 [01] 1453.070013: 2916:115:S ==> 7:115:R |
202 | ksoftirqd/1-7 [01] 1453.070013: 7:115:S ==> 0:140:R | 209 | ksoftirqd/1-7 [01] 1453.070013: 7:115:S ==> 0:140:R |
203 | 210 | ||
204 | Wake ups are represented by a "+" and the context switches show | 211 | Wake ups are represented by a "+" and the context switches are shown as |
205 | "==>". The format is: | 212 | "==>". The format is: |
206 | 213 | ||
207 | Context switches: | 214 | Context switches: |
@@ -216,7 +223,7 @@ Wake ups are represented by a "+" and the context switches show | |||
216 | 223 | ||
217 | <pid>:<prio>:<state> + <pid>:<prio>:<state> | 224 | <pid>:<prio>:<state> + <pid>:<prio>:<state> |
218 | 225 | ||
219 | The prio is the internal kernel priority, which is inverse to the | 226 | The prio is the internal kernel priority, which is the inverse of the |
220 | priority that is usually displayed by user-space tools. Zero represents | 227 | priority that is usually displayed by user-space tools. Zero represents |
221 | the highest priority (99). Prio 100 starts the "nice" priorities with | 228 | the highest priority (99). Prio 100 starts the "nice" priorities with |
222 | 100 being equal to nice -20 and 139 being nice 19. The prio "140" is | 229 | 100 being equal to nice -20 and 139 being nice 19. The prio "140" is |
@@ -227,7 +234,7 @@ Latency trace format | |||
227 | -------------------- | 234 | -------------------- |
228 | 235 | ||
229 | For traces that display latency times, the latency_trace file gives | 236 | For traces that display latency times, the latency_trace file gives |
230 | a bit more information to see why a latency happened. Here's a typical | 237 | somewhat more information to see why a latency happened. Here is a typical |
231 | trace. | 238 | trace. |
232 | 239 | ||
233 | # tracer: irqsoff | 240 | # tracer: irqsoff |
@@ -255,21 +262,20 @@ irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8 | |||
255 | <idle>-0 0d.s1 98us : trace_hardirqs_on (do_softirq) | 262 | <idle>-0 0d.s1 98us : trace_hardirqs_on (do_softirq) |
256 | 263 | ||
257 | 264 | ||
258 | vim:ft=help | ||
259 | |||
260 | 265 | ||
261 | This shows that the current tracer is "irqsoff" tracing the time | 266 | This shows that the current tracer is "irqsoff" tracing the time for which |
262 | interrupts are disabled. It gives the trace version and the kernel | 267 | interrupts were disabled. It gives the trace version and the version |
263 | this was executed on (2.6.26-rc8). Then it displays the max latency | 268 | of the kernel upon which this was executed on (2.6.26-rc8). Then it displays |
264 | in microsecs (97 us). The number of trace entries displayed | 269 | the max latency in microsecs (97 us). The number of trace entries displayed |
265 | by the total number recorded (both are three: #3/3). The type of | 270 | and the total number recorded (both are three: #3/3). The type of |
266 | preemption that was used (PREEMPT). VP, KP, SP, and HP are always zero | 271 | preemption that was used (PREEMPT). VP, KP, SP, and HP are always zero |
267 | and reserved for later use. #P is the number of online CPUS (#P:2). | 272 | and are reserved for later use. #P is the number of online CPUS (#P:2). |
268 | 273 | ||
269 | The task is the process that was running when the latency happened. | 274 | The task is the process that was running when the latency occurred. |
270 | (swapper pid: 0). | 275 | (swapper pid: 0). |
271 | 276 | ||
272 | The start and stop that caused the latencies: | 277 | The start and stop (the functions in which the interrupts were disabled and |
278 | enabled respectively) that caused the latencies: | ||
273 | 279 | ||
274 | apic_timer_interrupt is where the interrupts were disabled. | 280 | apic_timer_interrupt is where the interrupts were disabled. |
275 | do_softirq is where they were enabled again. | 281 | do_softirq is where they were enabled again. |
@@ -281,14 +287,14 @@ explains which is which. | |||
281 | 287 | ||
282 | pid: The PID of that process. | 288 | pid: The PID of that process. |
283 | 289 | ||
284 | CPU#: The CPU that the process was running on. | 290 | CPU#: The CPU which the process was running on. |
285 | 291 | ||
286 | irqs-off: 'd' interrupts are disabled. '.' otherwise. | 292 | irqs-off: 'd' interrupts are disabled. '.' otherwise. |
287 | 293 | ||
288 | need-resched: 'N' task need_resched is set, '.' otherwise. | 294 | need-resched: 'N' task need_resched is set, '.' otherwise. |
289 | 295 | ||
290 | hardirq/softirq: | 296 | hardirq/softirq: |
291 | 'H' - hard irq happened inside a softirq. | 297 | 'H' - hard irq occurred inside a softirq. |
292 | 'h' - hard irq is running | 298 | 'h' - hard irq is running |
293 | 's' - soft irq is running | 299 | 's' - soft irq is running |
294 | '.' - normal context. | 300 | '.' - normal context. |
@@ -297,13 +303,13 @@ explains which is which. | |||
297 | 303 | ||
298 | The above is mostly meaningful for kernel developers. | 304 | The above is mostly meaningful for kernel developers. |
299 | 305 | ||
300 | time: This differs from the trace output where as the trace output | 306 | time: This differs from the trace file output. The trace file output |
301 | contained a absolute timestamp. This timestamp is relative | 307 | includes an absolute timestamp. The timestamp used by the |
302 | to the start of the first entry in the the trace. | 308 | latency_trace file is relative to the start of the trace. |
303 | 309 | ||
304 | delay: This is just to help catch your eye a bit better. And | 310 | delay: This is just to help catch your eye a bit better. And |
305 | needs to be fixed to be only relative to the same CPU. | 311 | needs to be fixed to be only relative to the same CPU. |
306 | The marks is determined by the difference between this | 312 | The marks are determined by the difference between this |
307 | current trace and the next trace. | 313 | current trace and the next trace. |
308 | '!' - greater than preempt_mark_thresh (default 100) | 314 | '!' - greater than preempt_mark_thresh (default 100) |
309 | '+' - greater than 1 microsecond | 315 | '+' - greater than 1 microsecond |
@@ -322,13 +328,13 @@ output. To see what is available, simply cat the file: | |||
322 | print-parent nosym-offset nosym-addr noverbose noraw nohex nobin \ | 328 | print-parent nosym-offset nosym-addr noverbose noraw nohex nobin \ |
323 | noblock nostacktrace nosched-tree | 329 | noblock nostacktrace nosched-tree |
324 | 330 | ||
325 | To disable one of the options, echo in the option appended with "no". | 331 | To disable one of the options, echo in the option prepended with "no". |
326 | 332 | ||
327 | echo noprint-parent > /debug/tracing/iter_ctrl | 333 | echo noprint-parent > /debug/tracing/iter_ctrl |
328 | 334 | ||
329 | To enable an option, leave off the "no". | 335 | To enable an option, leave off the "no". |
330 | 336 | ||
331 | echo sym-offest > /debug/tracing/iter_ctrl | 337 | echo sym-offset > /debug/tracing/iter_ctrl |
332 | 338 | ||
333 | Here are the available options: | 339 | Here are the available options: |
334 | 340 | ||
@@ -344,7 +350,7 @@ Here are the available options: | |||
344 | 350 | ||
345 | sym-offset - Display not only the function name, but also the offset | 351 | sym-offset - Display not only the function name, but also the offset |
346 | in the function. For example, instead of seeing just | 352 | in the function. For example, instead of seeing just |
347 | "ktime_get" you will see "ktime_get+0xb/0x20" | 353 | "ktime_get", you will see "ktime_get+0xb/0x20". |
348 | 354 | ||
349 | sym-offset: | 355 | sym-offset: |
350 | bash-4000 [01] 1477.606694: simple_strtoul+0x6/0xa0 | 356 | bash-4000 [01] 1477.606694: simple_strtoul+0x6/0xa0 |
@@ -364,7 +370,7 @@ Here are the available options: | |||
364 | user applications that can translate the raw numbers better than | 370 | user applications that can translate the raw numbers better than |
365 | having it done in the kernel. | 371 | having it done in the kernel. |
366 | 372 | ||
367 | hex - similar to raw, but the numbers will be in a hexadecimal format. | 373 | hex - Similar to raw, but the numbers will be in a hexadecimal format. |
368 | 374 | ||
369 | bin - This will print out the formats in raw binary. | 375 | bin - This will print out the formats in raw binary. |
370 | 376 | ||
@@ -380,8 +386,8 @@ Here are the available options: | |||
380 | sched_switch | 386 | sched_switch |
381 | ------------ | 387 | ------------ |
382 | 388 | ||
383 | This tracer simply records schedule switches. Here's an example | 389 | This tracer simply records schedule switches. Here is an example |
384 | on how to implement it. | 390 | of how to use it. |
385 | 391 | ||
386 | # echo sched_switch > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | 392 | # echo sched_switch > /debug/tracing/current_tracer |
387 | # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled | 393 | # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled |
@@ -416,8 +422,8 @@ the name of the trace and points to the options. The "FUNCTION" | |||
416 | is a misnomer since here it represents the wake ups and context | 422 | is a misnomer since here it represents the wake ups and context |
417 | switches. | 423 | switches. |
418 | 424 | ||
419 | The sched_switch only lists the wake ups (represented with '+') | 425 | The sched_switch file only lists the wake ups (represented with '+') |
420 | and context switches ('==>') with the previous task or current | 426 | and context switches ('==>') with the previous task or current task |
421 | first followed by the next task or task waking up. The format for both | 427 | first followed by the next task or task waking up. The format for both |
422 | of these is PID:KERNEL-PRIO:TASK-STATE. Remember that the KERNEL-PRIO | 428 | of these is PID:KERNEL-PRIO:TASK-STATE. Remember that the KERNEL-PRIO |
423 | is the inverse of the actual priority with zero (0) being the highest | 429 | is the inverse of the actual priority with zero (0) being the highest |
@@ -432,7 +438,8 @@ The task states are: | |||
432 | 438 | ||
433 | R - running : wants to run, may not actually be running | 439 | R - running : wants to run, may not actually be running |
434 | S - sleep : process is waiting to be woken up (handles signals) | 440 | S - sleep : process is waiting to be woken up (handles signals) |
435 | D - deep sleep : process must be woken up (ignores signals) | 441 | D - disk sleep (uninterruptible sleep) : process must be woken up |
442 | (ignores signals) | ||
436 | T - stopped : process suspended | 443 | T - stopped : process suspended |
437 | t - traced : process is being traced (with something like gdb) | 444 | t - traced : process is being traced (with something like gdb) |
438 | Z - zombie : process waiting to be cleaned up | 445 | Z - zombie : process waiting to be cleaned up |
@@ -442,8 +449,8 @@ The task states are: | |||
442 | ftrace_enabled | 449 | ftrace_enabled |
443 | -------------- | 450 | -------------- |
444 | 451 | ||
445 | The following tracers give different output depending on whether | 452 | The following tracers (listed below) give different output depending |
446 | or not the sysctl ftrace_enabled is set. To set ftrace_enabled, | 453 | on whether or not the sysctl ftrace_enabled is set. To set ftrace_enabled, |
447 | one can either use the sysctl function or set it via the proc | 454 | one can either use the sysctl function or set it via the proc |
448 | file system interface. | 455 | file system interface. |
449 | 456 | ||
@@ -470,13 +477,12 @@ interrupt from triggering or the mouse interrupt from letting the | |||
470 | kernel know of a new mouse event. The result is a latency with the | 477 | kernel know of a new mouse event. The result is a latency with the |
471 | reaction time. | 478 | reaction time. |
472 | 479 | ||
473 | The irqsoff tracer tracks the time interrupts are disabled and when | 480 | The irqsoff tracer tracks the time for which interrupts are disabled. |
474 | they are re-enabled. When a new maximum latency is hit, it saves off | 481 | When a new maximum latency is hit, the tracer saves the trace leading up |
475 | the trace so that it may be retrieved at a later time. Every time a | 482 | to that latency point so that every time a new maximum is reached, the old |
476 | new maximum in reached, the old saved trace is discarded and the new | 483 | saved trace is discarded and the new trace is saved. |
477 | trace is saved. | ||
478 | 484 | ||
479 | To reset the maximum, echo 0 into tracing_max_latency. Here's an | 485 | To reset the maximum, echo 0 into tracing_max_latency. Here is an |
480 | example: | 486 | example: |
481 | 487 | ||
482 | # echo irqsoff > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | 488 | # echo irqsoff > /debug/tracing/current_tracer |
@@ -488,14 +494,14 @@ example: | |||
488 | # cat /debug/tracing/latency_trace | 494 | # cat /debug/tracing/latency_trace |
489 | # tracer: irqsoff | 495 | # tracer: irqsoff |
490 | # | 496 | # |
491 | irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8 | 497 | irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26 |
492 | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | 498 | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |
493 | latency: 6 us, #3/3, CPU#1 | (M:preempt VP:0, KP:0, SP:0 HP:0 #P:2) | 499 | latency: 12 us, #3/3, CPU#1 | (M:preempt VP:0, KP:0, SP:0 HP:0 #P:2) |
494 | ----------------- | 500 | ----------------- |
495 | | task: bash-4269 (uid:0 nice:0 policy:0 rt_prio:0) | 501 | | task: bash-3730 (uid:0 nice:0 policy:0 rt_prio:0) |
496 | ----------------- | 502 | ----------------- |
497 | => started at: copy_page_range | 503 | => started at: sys_setpgid |
498 | => ended at: copy_page_range | 504 | => ended at: sys_setpgid |
499 | 505 | ||
500 | # _------=> CPU# | 506 | # _------=> CPU# |
501 | # / _-----=> irqs-off | 507 | # / _-----=> irqs-off |
@@ -506,21 +512,19 @@ irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8 | |||
506 | # ||||| delay | 512 | # ||||| delay |
507 | # cmd pid ||||| time | caller | 513 | # cmd pid ||||| time | caller |
508 | # \ / ||||| \ | / | 514 | # \ / ||||| \ | / |
509 | bash-4269 1...1 0us+: _spin_lock (copy_page_range) | 515 | bash-3730 1d... 0us : _write_lock_irq (sys_setpgid) |
510 | bash-4269 1...1 7us : _spin_unlock (copy_page_range) | 516 | bash-3730 1d..1 1us+: _write_unlock_irq (sys_setpgid) |
511 | bash-4269 1...2 7us : trace_preempt_on (copy_page_range) | 517 | bash-3730 1d..2 14us : trace_hardirqs_on (sys_setpgid) |
512 | 518 | ||
513 | 519 | ||
514 | vim:ft=help | 520 | Here we see that that we had a latency of 12 microsecs (which is |
521 | very good). The _write_lock_irq in sys_setpgid disabled interrupts. | ||
522 | The difference between the 12 and the displayed timestamp 14us occurred | ||
523 | because the clock was incremented between the time of recording the max | ||
524 | latency and the time of recording the function that had that latency. | ||
515 | 525 | ||
516 | Here we see that that we had a latency of 6 microsecs (which is | 526 | Note the above example had ftrace_enabled not set. If we set the |
517 | very good). The spin_lock in copy_page_range disabled interrupts. | 527 | ftrace_enabled, we get a much larger output: |
518 | The difference between the 6 and the displayed timestamp 7us is | ||
519 | because the clock must have incremented between the time of recording | ||
520 | the max latency and recording the function that had that latency. | ||
521 | |||
522 | Note the above had ftrace_enabled not set. If we set the ftrace_enabled | ||
523 | we get a much larger output: | ||
524 | 528 | ||
525 | # tracer: irqsoff | 529 | # tracer: irqsoff |
526 | # | 530 | # |
@@ -566,27 +570,26 @@ irqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8 | |||
566 | ls-4339 0d..2 51us : trace_hardirqs_on (__alloc_pages_internal) | 570 | ls-4339 0d..2 51us : trace_hardirqs_on (__alloc_pages_internal) |
567 | 571 | ||
568 | 572 | ||
569 | vim:ft=help | ||
570 | |||
571 | 573 | ||
572 | Here we traced a 50 microsecond latency. But we also see all the | 574 | Here we traced a 50 microsecond latency. But we also see all the |
573 | functions that were called during that time. Note that enabling | 575 | functions that were called during that time. Note that by enabling |
574 | function tracing we endure an added overhead. This overhead may | 576 | function tracing, we incur an added overhead. This overhead may |
575 | extend the latency times. But never the less, this trace has provided | 577 | extend the latency times. But nevertheless, this trace has provided |
576 | some very helpful debugging. | 578 | some very helpful debugging information. |
577 | 579 | ||
578 | 580 | ||
579 | preemptoff | 581 | preemptoff |
580 | ---------- | 582 | ---------- |
581 | 583 | ||
582 | When preemption is disabled we may be able to receive interrupts but | 584 | When preemption is disabled, we may be able to receive interrupts but |
583 | the task can not be preempted and a higher priority task must wait | 585 | the task cannot be preempted and a higher priority task must wait |
584 | for preemption to be enabled again before it can preempt a lower | 586 | for preemption to be enabled again before it can preempt a lower |
585 | priority task. | 587 | priority task. |
586 | 588 | ||
587 | The preemptoff tracer traces the places that disables preemption. | 589 | The preemptoff tracer traces the places that disable preemption. |
588 | Like the irqsoff, it records the maximum latency that preemption | 590 | Like the irqsoff tracer, it records the maximum latency for which preemption |
589 | was disabled. The control of preemptoff is much like the irqsoff. | 591 | was disabled. The control of preemptoff tracer is much like the irqsoff |
592 | tracer. | ||
590 | 593 | ||
591 | # echo preemptoff > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | 594 | # echo preemptoff > /debug/tracing/current_tracer |
592 | # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_max_latency | 595 | # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_max_latency |
@@ -620,8 +623,6 @@ preemptoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8 | |||
620 | sshd-4261 0d.s1 30us : trace_preempt_on (__do_softirq) | 623 | sshd-4261 0d.s1 30us : trace_preempt_on (__do_softirq) |
621 | 624 | ||
622 | 625 | ||
623 | vim:ft=help | ||
624 | |||
625 | This has some more changes. Preemption was disabled when an interrupt | 626 | This has some more changes. Preemption was disabled when an interrupt |
626 | came in (notice the 'h'), and was enabled while doing a softirq. | 627 | came in (notice the 'h'), and was enabled while doing a softirq. |
627 | (notice the 's'). But we also see that interrupts have been disabled | 628 | (notice the 's'). But we also see that interrupts have been disabled |
@@ -689,16 +690,16 @@ The above is an example of the preemptoff trace with ftrace_enabled | |||
689 | set. Here we see that interrupts were disabled the entire time. | 690 | set. Here we see that interrupts were disabled the entire time. |
690 | The irq_enter code lets us know that we entered an interrupt 'h'. | 691 | The irq_enter code lets us know that we entered an interrupt 'h'. |
691 | Before that, the functions being traced still show that it is not | 692 | Before that, the functions being traced still show that it is not |
692 | in an interrupt, but we can see by the functions themselves that | 693 | in an interrupt, but we can see from the functions themselves that |
693 | this is not the case. | 694 | this is not the case. |
694 | 695 | ||
695 | Notice that the __do_softirq when called doesn't have a preempt_count. | 696 | Notice that __do_softirq when called does not have a preempt_count. |
696 | It may seem that we missed a preempt enabled. What really happened | 697 | It may seem that we missed a preempt enabling. What really happened |
697 | is that the preempt count is held on the threads stack and we | 698 | is that the preempt count is held on the thread's stack and we |
698 | switched to the softirq stack (4K stacks in effect). The code | 699 | switched to the softirq stack (4K stacks in effect). The code |
699 | does not copy the preempt count, but because interrupts are disabled | 700 | does not copy the preempt count, but because interrupts are disabled, |
700 | we don't need to worry about it. Having a tracer like this is good | 701 | we do not need to worry about it. Having a tracer like this is good |
701 | to let people know what really happens inside the kernel. | 702 | for letting people know what really happens inside the kernel. |
702 | 703 | ||
703 | 704 | ||
704 | preemptirqsoff | 705 | preemptirqsoff |
@@ -708,7 +709,7 @@ Knowing the locations that have interrupts disabled or preemption | |||
708 | disabled for the longest times is helpful. But sometimes we would | 709 | disabled for the longest times is helpful. But sometimes we would |
709 | like to know when either preemption and/or interrupts are disabled. | 710 | like to know when either preemption and/or interrupts are disabled. |
710 | 711 | ||
711 | The following code: | 712 | Consider the following code: |
712 | 713 | ||
713 | local_irq_disable(); | 714 | local_irq_disable(); |
714 | call_function_with_irqs_off(); | 715 | call_function_with_irqs_off(); |
@@ -732,7 +733,7 @@ To record this time, use the preemptirqsoff tracer. | |||
732 | 733 | ||
733 | Again, using this trace is much like the irqsoff and preemptoff tracers. | 734 | Again, using this trace is much like the irqsoff and preemptoff tracers. |
734 | 735 | ||
735 | # echo preemptoff > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | 736 | # echo preemptirqsoff > /debug/tracing/current_tracer |
736 | # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_max_latency | 737 | # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_max_latency |
737 | # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled | 738 | # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled |
738 | # ls -ltr | 739 | # ls -ltr |
@@ -764,12 +765,10 @@ preemptirqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8 | |||
764 | ls-4860 0d.s1 294us : trace_preempt_on (__do_softirq) | 765 | ls-4860 0d.s1 294us : trace_preempt_on (__do_softirq) |
765 | 766 | ||
766 | 767 | ||
767 | vim:ft=help | ||
768 | |||
769 | 768 | ||
770 | The trace_hardirqs_off_thunk is called from assembly on x86 when | 769 | The trace_hardirqs_off_thunk is called from assembly on x86 when |
771 | interrupts are disabled in the assembly code. Without the function | 770 | interrupts are disabled in the assembly code. Without the function |
772 | tracing, we don't know if interrupts were enabled within the preemption | 771 | tracing, we do not know if interrupts were enabled within the preemption |
773 | points. We do see that it started with preemption enabled. | 772 | points. We do see that it started with preemption enabled. |
774 | 773 | ||
775 | Here is a trace with ftrace_enabled set: | 774 | Here is a trace with ftrace_enabled set: |
@@ -860,25 +859,25 @@ preemptirqsoff latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8 | |||
860 | 859 | ||
861 | This is a very interesting trace. It started with the preemption of | 860 | This is a very interesting trace. It started with the preemption of |
862 | the ls task. We see that the task had the "need_resched" bit set | 861 | the ls task. We see that the task had the "need_resched" bit set |
863 | with the 'N' in the trace. Interrupts are disabled in the spin_lock | 862 | via the 'N' in the trace. Interrupts were disabled before the spin_lock |
864 | and the trace started. We see that a schedule took place to run | 863 | at the beginning of the trace. We see that a schedule took place to run |
865 | sshd. When the interrupts were enabled we took an interrupt. | 864 | sshd. When the interrupts were enabled, we took an interrupt. |
866 | On return of the interrupt the softirq ran. We took another interrupt | 865 | On return from the interrupt handler, the softirq ran. We took another |
867 | while running the softirq as we see with the capital 'H'. | 866 | interrupt while running the softirq as we see from the capital 'H'. |
868 | 867 | ||
869 | 868 | ||
870 | wakeup | 869 | wakeup |
871 | ------ | 870 | ------ |
872 | 871 | ||
873 | In Real-Time environment it is very important to know the wakeup | 872 | In a Real-Time environment it is very important to know the wakeup |
874 | time it takes for the highest priority task that wakes up to the | 873 | time it takes for the highest priority task that is woken up to the |
875 | time it executes. This is also known as "schedule latency". | 874 | time that it executes. This is also known as "schedule latency". |
876 | I stress the point that this is about RT tasks. It is also important | 875 | I stress the point that this is about RT tasks. It is also important |
877 | to know the scheduling latency of non-RT tasks, but the average | 876 | to know the scheduling latency of non-RT tasks, but the average |
878 | schedule latency is better for non-RT tasks. Tools like | 877 | schedule latency is better for non-RT tasks. Tools like |
879 | LatencyTop is more appropriate for such measurements. | 878 | LatencyTop are more appropriate for such measurements. |
880 | 879 | ||
881 | Real-Time environments is interested in the worst case latency. | 880 | Real-Time environments are interested in the worst case latency. |
882 | That is the longest latency it takes for something to happen, and | 881 | That is the longest latency it takes for something to happen, and |
883 | not the average. We can have a very fast scheduler that may only | 882 | not the average. We can have a very fast scheduler that may only |
884 | have a large latency once in a while, but that would not work well | 883 | have a large latency once in a while, but that would not work well |
@@ -889,8 +888,8 @@ tasks that are unpredictable will overwrite the worst case latency | |||
889 | of RT tasks. | 888 | of RT tasks. |
890 | 889 | ||
891 | Since this tracer only deals with RT tasks, we will run this slightly | 890 | Since this tracer only deals with RT tasks, we will run this slightly |
892 | different than we did with the previous tracers. Instead of performing | 891 | differently than we did with the previous tracers. Instead of performing |
893 | an 'ls' we will run 'sleep 1' under 'chrt' which changes the | 892 | an 'ls', we will run 'sleep 1' under 'chrt' which changes the |
894 | priority of the task. | 893 | priority of the task. |
895 | 894 | ||
896 | # echo wakeup > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | 895 | # echo wakeup > /debug/tracing/current_tracer |
@@ -921,12 +920,10 @@ wakeup latency trace v1.1.5 on 2.6.26-rc8 | |||
921 | <idle>-0 1d..4 4us : schedule (cpu_idle) | 920 | <idle>-0 1d..4 4us : schedule (cpu_idle) |
922 | 921 | ||
923 | 922 | ||
924 | vim:ft=help | ||
925 | |||
926 | 923 | ||
927 | Running this on an idle system we see that it only took 4 microseconds | 924 | Running this on an idle system, we see that it only took 4 microseconds |
928 | to perform the task switch. Note, since the trace marker in the | 925 | to perform the task switch. Note, since the trace marker in the |
929 | schedule is before the actual "switch" we stop the tracing when | 926 | schedule is before the actual "switch", we stop the tracing when |
930 | the recorded task is about to schedule in. This may change if | 927 | the recorded task is about to schedule in. This may change if |
931 | we add a new marker at the end of the scheduler. | 928 | we add a new marker at the end of the scheduler. |
932 | 929 | ||
@@ -991,13 +988,16 @@ ksoftirq-7 1d..6 49us : sub_preempt_count (_spin_unlock) | |||
991 | ksoftirq-7 1d..4 50us : schedule (__cond_resched) | 988 | ksoftirq-7 1d..4 50us : schedule (__cond_resched) |
992 | 989 | ||
993 | The interrupt went off while running ksoftirqd. This task runs at | 990 | The interrupt went off while running ksoftirqd. This task runs at |
994 | SCHED_OTHER. Why didn't we see the 'N' set early? This may be | 991 | SCHED_OTHER. Why did not we see the 'N' set early? This may be |
995 | a harmless bug with x86_32 and 4K stacks. The need_reched() function | 992 | a harmless bug with x86_32 and 4K stacks. On x86_32 with 4K stacks |
996 | that tests if we need to reschedule looks on the actual stack. | 993 | configured, the interrupt and softirq run with their own stack. |
997 | Where as the setting of the NEED_RESCHED bit happens on the | 994 | Some information is held on the top of the task's stack (need_resched |
998 | task's stack. But because we are in a hard interrupt, the test | 995 | and preempt_count are both stored there). The setting of the NEED_RESCHED |
999 | is with the interrupts stack which has that to be false. We don't | 996 | bit is done directly to the task's stack, but the reading of the |
1000 | see the 'N' until we switch back to the task's stack. | 997 | NEED_RESCHED is done by looking at the current stack, which in this case |
998 | is the stack for the hard interrupt. This hides the fact that NEED_RESCHED | ||
999 | has been set. We do not see the 'N' until we switch back to the task's | ||
1000 | assigned stack. | ||
1001 | 1001 | ||
1002 | ftrace | 1002 | ftrace |
1003 | ------ | 1003 | ------ |
@@ -1036,14 +1036,14 @@ this tracer is a nop. | |||
1036 | [...] | 1036 | [...] |
1037 | 1037 | ||
1038 | 1038 | ||
1039 | Note: It is sometimes better to enable or disable tracing directly from | 1039 | Note: ftrace uses ring buffers to store the above entries. The newest data |
1040 | a program, because the buffer may be overflowed by the echo commands | 1040 | may overwrite the oldest data. Sometimes using echo to stop the trace |
1041 | before you get to the point you want to trace. It is also easier to | 1041 | is not sufficient because the tracing could have overwritten the data |
1042 | stop the tracing at the point that you hit the part that you are | 1042 | that you wanted to record. For this reason, it is sometimes better to |
1043 | interested in. Since the ftrace buffer is a ring buffer with the | 1043 | disable tracing directly from a program. This allows you to stop the |
1044 | oldest data being overwritten, usually it is sufficient to start the | 1044 | tracing at the point that you hit the part that you are interested in. |
1045 | tracer with an echo command but have you code stop it. Something | 1045 | To disable the tracing directly from a C program, something like following |
1046 | like the following is usually appropriate for this. | 1046 | code snippet can be used: |
1047 | 1047 | ||
1048 | int trace_fd; | 1048 | int trace_fd; |
1049 | [...] | 1049 | [...] |
@@ -1052,25 +1052,31 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { | |||
1052 | trace_fd = open("/debug/tracing/tracing_enabled", O_WRONLY); | 1052 | trace_fd = open("/debug/tracing/tracing_enabled", O_WRONLY); |
1053 | [...] | 1053 | [...] |
1054 | if (condition_hit()) { | 1054 | if (condition_hit()) { |
1055 | write(trace_fd, "0", 1); | 1055 | write(trace_fd, "0", 1); |
1056 | } | 1056 | } |
1057 | [...] | 1057 | [...] |
1058 | } | 1058 | } |
1059 | 1059 | ||
1060 | Note: Here we hard coded the path name. The debugfs mount is not | ||
1061 | guaranteed to be at /debug (and is more commonly at /sys/kernel/debug). | ||
1062 | For simple one time traces, the above is sufficent. For anything else, | ||
1063 | a search through /proc/mounts may be needed to find where the debugfs | ||
1064 | file-system is mounted. | ||
1060 | 1065 | ||
1061 | dynamic ftrace | 1066 | dynamic ftrace |
1062 | -------------- | 1067 | -------------- |
1063 | 1068 | ||
1064 | If CONFIG_DYNAMIC_FTRACE is set, then the system will run with | 1069 | If CONFIG_DYNAMIC_FTRACE is set, the system will run with |
1065 | virtually no overhead when function tracing is disabled. The way | 1070 | virtually no overhead when function tracing is disabled. The way |
1066 | this works is the mcount function call (placed at the start of | 1071 | this works is the mcount function call (placed at the start of |
1067 | every kernel function, produced by the -pg switch in gcc), starts | 1072 | every kernel function, produced by the -pg switch in gcc), starts |
1068 | of pointing to a simple return. | 1073 | of pointing to a simple return. (Enabling FTRACE will include the |
1074 | -pg switch in the compiling of the kernel.) | ||
1069 | 1075 | ||
1070 | When dynamic ftrace is initialized, it calls kstop_machine to make it | 1076 | When dynamic ftrace is initialized, it calls kstop_machine to make |
1071 | act like a uniprocessor so that it can freely modify code without | 1077 | the machine act like a uniprocessor so that it can freely modify code |
1072 | worrying about other processors executing that same code. At | 1078 | without worrying about other processors executing that same code. At |
1073 | initialization, the mcount calls are change to call a "record_ip" | 1079 | initialization, the mcount calls are changed to call a "record_ip" |
1074 | function. After this, the first time a kernel function is called, | 1080 | function. After this, the first time a kernel function is called, |
1075 | it has the calling address saved in a hash table. | 1081 | it has the calling address saved in a hash table. |
1076 | 1082 | ||
@@ -1078,15 +1084,15 @@ Later on the ftraced kernel thread is awoken and will again call | |||
1078 | kstop_machine if new functions have been recorded. The ftraced thread | 1084 | kstop_machine if new functions have been recorded. The ftraced thread |
1079 | will change all calls to mcount to "nop". Just calling mcount | 1085 | will change all calls to mcount to "nop". Just calling mcount |
1080 | and having mcount return has shown a 10% overhead. By converting | 1086 | and having mcount return has shown a 10% overhead. By converting |
1081 | it to a nop, there is no recordable overhead to the system. | 1087 | it to a nop, there is no measurable overhead to the system. |
1082 | 1088 | ||
1083 | One special side-effect to the recording of the functions being | 1089 | One special side-effect to the recording of the functions being |
1084 | traced, is that we can now selectively choose which functions we | 1090 | traced is that we can now selectively choose which functions we |
1085 | want to trace and which ones we want the mcount calls to remain as | 1091 | wish to trace and which ones we want the mcount calls to remain as |
1086 | nops. | 1092 | nops. |
1087 | 1093 | ||
1088 | Two files that contain to the enabling and disabling of recorded | 1094 | Two files are used, one for enabling and one for disabling the tracing |
1089 | functions are: | 1095 | of specified functions. They are: |
1090 | 1096 | ||
1091 | set_ftrace_filter | 1097 | set_ftrace_filter |
1092 | 1098 | ||
@@ -1094,7 +1100,7 @@ and | |||
1094 | 1100 | ||
1095 | set_ftrace_notrace | 1101 | set_ftrace_notrace |
1096 | 1102 | ||
1097 | A list of available functions that you can add to this files is listed | 1103 | A list of available functions that you can add to these files is listed |
1098 | in: | 1104 | in: |
1099 | 1105 | ||
1100 | available_filter_functions | 1106 | available_filter_functions |
@@ -1108,7 +1114,7 @@ pick_next_task_fair | |||
1108 | mutex_lock | 1114 | mutex_lock |
1109 | [...] | 1115 | [...] |
1110 | 1116 | ||
1111 | If I'm only interested in sys_nanosleep and hrtimer_interrupt: | 1117 | If I am only interested in sys_nanosleep and hrtimer_interrupt: |
1112 | 1118 | ||
1113 | # echo sys_nanosleep hrtimer_interrupt \ | 1119 | # echo sys_nanosleep hrtimer_interrupt \ |
1114 | > /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter | 1120 | > /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter |
@@ -1125,21 +1131,21 @@ If I'm only interested in sys_nanosleep and hrtimer_interrupt: | |||
1125 | usleep-4134 [00] 1317.070111: sys_nanosleep <-syscall_call | 1131 | usleep-4134 [00] 1317.070111: sys_nanosleep <-syscall_call |
1126 | <idle>-0 [00] 1317.070115: hrtimer_interrupt <-smp_apic_timer_interrupt | 1132 | <idle>-0 [00] 1317.070115: hrtimer_interrupt <-smp_apic_timer_interrupt |
1127 | 1133 | ||
1128 | To see what functions are being traced, you can cat the file: | 1134 | To see which functions are being traced, you can cat the file: |
1129 | 1135 | ||
1130 | # cat /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter | 1136 | # cat /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter |
1131 | hrtimer_interrupt | 1137 | hrtimer_interrupt |
1132 | sys_nanosleep | 1138 | sys_nanosleep |
1133 | 1139 | ||
1134 | 1140 | ||
1135 | Perhaps this isn't enough. The filters also allow simple wild cards. | 1141 | Perhaps this is not enough. The filters also allow simple wild cards. |
1136 | Only the following is currently available | 1142 | Only the following are currently available |
1137 | 1143 | ||
1138 | <match>* - will match functions that begins with <match> | 1144 | <match>* - will match functions that begin with <match> |
1139 | *<match> - will match functions that end with <match> | 1145 | *<match> - will match functions that end with <match> |
1140 | *<match>* - will match functions that have <match> in it | 1146 | *<match>* - will match functions that have <match> in it |
1141 | 1147 | ||
1142 | Thats all the wild cards that are allowed. | 1148 | These are the only wild cards which are supported. |
1143 | 1149 | ||
1144 | <match>*<match> will not work. | 1150 | <match>*<match> will not work. |
1145 | 1151 | ||
@@ -1187,7 +1193,7 @@ This is because the '>' and '>>' act just like they do in bash. | |||
1187 | To rewrite the filters, use '>' | 1193 | To rewrite the filters, use '>' |
1188 | To append to the filters, use '>>' | 1194 | To append to the filters, use '>>' |
1189 | 1195 | ||
1190 | To clear out a filter so that all functions will be recorded again. | 1196 | To clear out a filter so that all functions will be recorded again: |
1191 | 1197 | ||
1192 | # echo > /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter | 1198 | # echo > /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter |
1193 | # cat /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter | 1199 | # cat /debug/tracing/set_ftrace_filter |
@@ -1246,24 +1252,24 @@ ftraced | |||
1246 | 1252 | ||
1247 | As mentioned above, when dynamic ftrace is configured in, a kernel | 1253 | As mentioned above, when dynamic ftrace is configured in, a kernel |
1248 | thread wakes up once a second and checks to see if there are mcount | 1254 | thread wakes up once a second and checks to see if there are mcount |
1249 | calls that need to be converted into nops. If there is not, then | 1255 | calls that need to be converted into nops. If there are not any, then |
1250 | it simply goes back to sleep. But if there is, it will call | 1256 | it simply goes back to sleep. But if there are some, it will call |
1251 | kstop_machine to convert the calls to nops. | 1257 | kstop_machine to convert the calls to nops. |
1252 | 1258 | ||
1253 | There may be a case that you do not want this added latency. | 1259 | There may be a case in which you do not want this added latency. |
1254 | Perhaps you are doing some audio recording and this activity might | 1260 | Perhaps you are doing some audio recording and this activity might |
1255 | cause skips in the playback. There is an interface to disable | 1261 | cause skips in the playback. There is an interface to disable |
1256 | and enable the ftraced kernel thread. | 1262 | and enable the "ftraced" kernel thread. |
1257 | 1263 | ||
1258 | # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/ftraced_enabled | 1264 | # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/ftraced_enabled |
1259 | 1265 | ||
1260 | This will disable the calling of the kstop_machine to update the | 1266 | This will disable the calling of kstop_machine to update the |
1261 | mcount calls to nops. Remember that there's a large overhead | 1267 | mcount calls to nops. Remember that there is a large overhead |
1262 | to calling mcount. Without this kernel thread, that overhead will | 1268 | to calling mcount. Without this kernel thread, that overhead will |
1263 | exist. | 1269 | exist. |
1264 | 1270 | ||
1265 | Any write to the ftraced_enabled file will cause the kstop_machine | 1271 | If there are recorded calls to mcount, any write to the ftraced_enabled |
1266 | to run if there are recorded calls to mcount. This means that a | 1272 | file will cause the kstop_machine to run. This means that a |
1267 | user can manually perform the updates when they want to by simply | 1273 | user can manually perform the updates when they want to by simply |
1268 | echoing a '0' into the ftraced_enabled file. | 1274 | echoing a '0' into the ftraced_enabled file. |
1269 | 1275 | ||
@@ -1274,8 +1280,8 @@ that uses ftrace function recording. | |||
1274 | trace_pipe | 1280 | trace_pipe |
1275 | ---------- | 1281 | ---------- |
1276 | 1282 | ||
1277 | The trace_pipe outputs the same as trace, but the effect on the | 1283 | The trace_pipe outputs the same content as the trace file, but the effect |
1278 | tracing is different. Every read from trace_pipe is consumed. | 1284 | on the tracing is different. Every read from trace_pipe is consumed. |
1279 | This means that subsequent reads will be different. The trace | 1285 | This means that subsequent reads will be different. The trace |
1280 | is live. | 1286 | is live. |
1281 | 1287 | ||
@@ -1305,7 +1311,7 @@ is live. | |||
1305 | bash-4043 [00] 41.267111: select_task_rq_rt <-try_to_wake_up | 1311 | bash-4043 [00] 41.267111: select_task_rq_rt <-try_to_wake_up |
1306 | 1312 | ||
1307 | 1313 | ||
1308 | Note, reading the trace_pipe will block until more input is added. | 1314 | Note, reading the trace_pipe file will block until more input is added. |
1309 | By changing the tracer, trace_pipe will issue an EOF. We needed | 1315 | By changing the tracer, trace_pipe will issue an EOF. We needed |
1310 | to set the ftrace tracer _before_ cating the trace_pipe file. | 1316 | to set the ftrace tracer _before_ cating the trace_pipe file. |
1311 | 1317 | ||
@@ -1314,8 +1320,8 @@ trace entries | |||
1314 | ------------- | 1320 | ------------- |
1315 | 1321 | ||
1316 | Having too much or not enough data can be troublesome in diagnosing | 1322 | Having too much or not enough data can be troublesome in diagnosing |
1317 | some issue in the kernel. The file trace_entries is used to modify | 1323 | an issue in the kernel. The file trace_entries is used to modify |
1318 | the size of the internal trace buffers. The numbers listed | 1324 | the size of the internal trace buffers. The number listed |
1319 | is the number of entries that can be recorded per CPU. To know | 1325 | is the number of entries that can be recorded per CPU. To know |
1320 | the full size, multiply the number of possible CPUS with the | 1326 | the full size, multiply the number of possible CPUS with the |
1321 | number of entries. | 1327 | number of entries. |
@@ -1323,8 +1329,9 @@ number of entries. | |||
1323 | # cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries | 1329 | # cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries |
1324 | 65620 | 1330 | 65620 |
1325 | 1331 | ||
1326 | Note, to modify this you must have tracing fulling disabled. To do that, | 1332 | Note, to modify this, you must have tracing completely disabled. To do that, |
1327 | echo "none" into the current_tracer. | 1333 | echo "none" into the current_tracer. If the current_tracer is not set |
1334 | to "none", an EINVAL error will be returned. | ||
1328 | 1335 | ||
1329 | # echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | 1336 | # echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer |
1330 | # echo 100000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries | 1337 | # echo 100000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries |
@@ -1333,18 +1340,18 @@ echo "none" into the current_tracer. | |||
1333 | 1340 | ||
1334 | 1341 | ||
1335 | Notice that we echoed in 100,000 but the size is 100,045. The entries | 1342 | Notice that we echoed in 100,000 but the size is 100,045. The entries |
1336 | are held by individual pages. It allocates the number of pages it takes | 1343 | are held in individual pages. It allocates the number of pages it takes |
1337 | to fulfill the request. If more entries may fit on the last page | 1344 | to fulfill the request. If more entries may fit on the last page |
1338 | it will add them. | 1345 | then they will be added. |
1339 | 1346 | ||
1340 | # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries | 1347 | # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries |
1341 | # cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries | 1348 | # cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries |
1342 | 85 | 1349 | 85 |
1343 | 1350 | ||
1344 | This shows us that 85 entries can fit on a single page. | 1351 | This shows us that 85 entries can fit in a single page. |
1345 | 1352 | ||
1346 | The number of pages that will be allocated is a percentage of available | 1353 | The number of pages which will be allocated is limited to a percentage |
1347 | memory. Allocating too much will produces an error. | 1354 | of available memory. Allocating too much will produce an error. |
1348 | 1355 | ||
1349 | # echo 1000000000000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries | 1356 | # echo 1000000000000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries |
1350 | -bash: echo: write error: Cannot allocate memory | 1357 | -bash: echo: write error: Cannot allocate memory |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i810 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i810 deleted file mode 100644 index 778210ee1583..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i810 +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver i2c-i810 | ||
2 | |||
3 | Supported adapters: | ||
4 | * Intel 82810, 82810-DC100, 82810E, and 82815 (GMCH) | ||
5 | * Intel 82845G (GMCH) | ||
6 | |||
7 | Authors: | ||
8 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
9 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, | ||
10 | Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>, | ||
11 | Ralph Metzler <rjkm@thp.uni-koeln.de>, | ||
12 | Mark D. Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com> | ||
13 | |||
14 | Main contact: Mark Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com> | ||
15 | |||
16 | Description | ||
17 | ----------- | ||
18 | |||
19 | WARNING: If you have an '810' or '815' motherboard, your standard I2C | ||
20 | temperature sensors are most likely on the 801's I2C bus. You want the | ||
21 | i2c-i801 driver for those, not this driver. | ||
22 | |||
23 | Now for the i2c-i810... | ||
24 | |||
25 | The GMCH chip contains two I2C interfaces. | ||
26 | |||
27 | The first interface is used for DDC (Data Display Channel) which is a | ||
28 | serial channel through the VGA monitor connector to a DDC-compliant | ||
29 | monitor. This interface is defined by the Video Electronics Standards | ||
30 | Association (VESA). The standards are available for purchase at | ||
31 | http://www.vesa.org . | ||
32 | |||
33 | The second interface is a general-purpose I2C bus. It may be connected to a | ||
34 | TV-out chip such as the BT869 or possibly to a digital flat-panel display. | ||
35 | |||
36 | Features | ||
37 | -------- | ||
38 | |||
39 | Both busses use the i2c-algo-bit driver for 'bit banging' | ||
40 | and support for specific transactions is provided by i2c-algo-bit. | ||
41 | |||
42 | Issues | ||
43 | ------ | ||
44 | |||
45 | If you enable bus testing in i2c-algo-bit (insmod i2c-algo-bit bit_test=1), | ||
46 | the test may fail; if so, the i2c-i810 driver won't be inserted. However, | ||
47 | we think this has been fixed. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-prosavage b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-prosavage deleted file mode 100644 index 703687902511..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-prosavage +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver i2c-prosavage | ||
2 | |||
3 | Supported adapters: | ||
4 | |||
5 | S3/VIA KM266/VT8375 aka ProSavage8 | ||
6 | S3/VIA KM133/VT8365 aka Savage4 | ||
7 | |||
8 | Author: Henk Vergonet <henk@god.dyndns.org> | ||
9 | |||
10 | Description | ||
11 | ----------- | ||
12 | |||
13 | The Savage4 chips contain two I2C interfaces (aka a I2C 'master' or | ||
14 | 'host'). | ||
15 | |||
16 | The first interface is used for DDC (Data Display Channel) which is a | ||
17 | serial channel through the VGA monitor connector to a DDC-compliant | ||
18 | monitor. This interface is defined by the Video Electronics Standards | ||
19 | Association (VESA). The standards are available for purchase at | ||
20 | http://www.vesa.org . The second interface is a general-purpose I2C bus. | ||
21 | |||
22 | Usefull for gaining access to the TV Encoder chips. | ||
23 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-savage4 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-savage4 deleted file mode 100644 index 6ecceab618d3..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-savage4 +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver i2c-savage4 | ||
2 | |||
3 | Supported adapters: | ||
4 | * Savage4 | ||
5 | * Savage2000 | ||
6 | |||
7 | Authors: | ||
8 | Alexander Wold <awold@bigfoot.com>, | ||
9 | Mark D. Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com> | ||
10 | |||
11 | Description | ||
12 | ----------- | ||
13 | |||
14 | The Savage4 chips contain two I2C interfaces (aka a I2C 'master' | ||
15 | or 'host'). | ||
16 | |||
17 | The first interface is used for DDC (Data Display Channel) which is a | ||
18 | serial channel through the VGA monitor connector to a DDC-compliant | ||
19 | monitor. This interface is defined by the Video Electronics Standards | ||
20 | Association (VESA). The standards are available for purchase at | ||
21 | http://www.vesa.org . The DDC bus is not yet supported because its register | ||
22 | is not directly memory-mapped. | ||
23 | |||
24 | The second interface is a general-purpose I2C bus. This is the only | ||
25 | interface supported by the driver at the moment. | ||
26 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875 index a0cd8af2f408..10ca43cd1a72 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875 | |||
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ $ modprobe max6875 force=0,0x50 | |||
49 | 49 | ||
50 | The MAX6874/MAX6875 ignores address bit 0, so this driver attaches to multiple | 50 | The MAX6874/MAX6875 ignores address bit 0, so this driver attaches to multiple |
51 | addresses. For example, for address 0x50, it also reserves 0x51. | 51 | addresses. For example, for address 0x50, it also reserves 0x51. |
52 | The even-address instance is called 'max6875', the odd one is 'max6875 subclient'. | 52 | The even-address instance is called 'max6875', the odd one is 'dummy'. |
53 | 53 | ||
54 | 54 | ||
55 | Programming the chip using i2c-dev | 55 | Programming the chip using i2c-dev |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539 index 1d81c530c4a5..6aff890088b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539 | |||
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ drivers/gpio/pca9539.c instead. | |||
7 | Supported chips: | 7 | Supported chips: |
8 | * Philips PCA9539 | 8 | * Philips PCA9539 |
9 | Prefix: 'pca9539' | 9 | Prefix: 'pca9539' |
10 | Addresses scanned: 0x74 - 0x77 | 10 | Addresses scanned: none |
11 | Datasheet: | 11 | Datasheet: |
12 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/acrobat/datasheets/PCA9539_2.pdf | 12 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/acrobat/datasheets/PCA9539_2.pdf |
13 | 13 | ||
@@ -23,6 +23,14 @@ The input sense can also be inverted. | |||
23 | The 16 lines are split between two bytes. | 23 | The 16 lines are split between two bytes. |
24 | 24 | ||
25 | 25 | ||
26 | Detection | ||
27 | --------- | ||
28 | |||
29 | The PCA9539 is difficult to detect and not commonly found in PC machines, | ||
30 | so you have to pass the I2C bus and address of the installed PCA9539 | ||
31 | devices explicitly to the driver at load time via the force=... parameter. | ||
32 | |||
33 | |||
26 | Sysfs entries | 34 | Sysfs entries |
27 | ------------- | 35 | ------------- |
28 | 36 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574 index 5c1ad1376b62..235815c075ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574 | |||
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ Kernel driver pcf8574 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | 4 | Supported chips: |
5 | * Philips PCF8574 | 5 | * Philips PCF8574 |
6 | Prefix: 'pcf8574' | 6 | Prefix: 'pcf8574' |
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x27 | 7 | Addresses scanned: none |
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductors website | 8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductors website |
9 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8574P.html | 9 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8574P.html |
10 | 10 | ||
11 | * Philips PCF8574A | 11 | * Philips PCF8574A |
12 | Prefix: 'pcf8574a' | 12 | Prefix: 'pcf8574a' |
13 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x38 - 0x3f | 13 | Addresses scanned: none |
14 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductors website | 14 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductors website |
15 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8574P.html | 15 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8574P.html |
16 | 16 | ||
@@ -38,12 +38,10 @@ For more informations see the datasheet. | |||
38 | Accessing PCF8574(A) via /sys interface | 38 | Accessing PCF8574(A) via /sys interface |
39 | ------------------------------------- | 39 | ------------------------------------- |
40 | 40 | ||
41 | ! Be careful ! | ||
42 | The PCF8574(A) is plainly impossible to detect ! Stupid chip. | 41 | The PCF8574(A) is plainly impossible to detect ! Stupid chip. |
43 | So every chip with address in the interval [20..27] and [38..3f] are | 42 | So, you have to pass the I2C bus and address of the installed PCF857A |
44 | detected as PCF8574(A). If you have other chips in this address | 43 | and PCF8574A devices explicitly to the driver at load time via the |
45 | range, the workaround is to load this module after the one | 44 | force=... parameter. |
46 | for your others chips. | ||
47 | 45 | ||
48 | On detection (i.e. insmod, modprobe et al.), directories are being | 46 | On detection (i.e. insmod, modprobe et al.), directories are being |
49 | created for each detected PCF8574(A): | 47 | created for each detected PCF8574(A): |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8575 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8575 index 25f5698a61cf..40b268eb276f 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8575 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8575 | |||
@@ -40,12 +40,9 @@ Detection | |||
40 | --------- | 40 | --------- |
41 | 41 | ||
42 | There is no method known to detect whether a chip on a given I2C address is | 42 | There is no method known to detect whether a chip on a given I2C address is |
43 | a PCF8575 or whether it is any other I2C device. So there are two alternatives | 43 | a PCF8575 or whether it is any other I2C device, so you have to pass the I2C |
44 | to let the driver find the installed PCF8575 devices: | 44 | bus and address of the installed PCF8575 devices explicitly to the driver at |
45 | - Load this driver after any other I2C driver for I2C devices with addresses | 45 | load time via the force=... parameter. |
46 | in the range 0x20 .. 0x27. | ||
47 | - Pass the I2C bus and address of the installed PCF8575 devices explicitly to | ||
48 | the driver at load time via the probe=... or force=... parameters. | ||
49 | 46 | ||
50 | /sys interface | 47 | /sys interface |
51 | -------------- | 48 | -------------- |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/fault-codes b/Documentation/i2c/fault-codes new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..045765c0b9b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/fault-codes | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ | |||
1 | This is a summary of the most important conventions for use of fault | ||
2 | codes in the I2C/SMBus stack. | ||
3 | |||
4 | |||
5 | A "Fault" is not always an "Error" | ||
6 | ---------------------------------- | ||
7 | Not all fault reports imply errors; "page faults" should be a familiar | ||
8 | example. Software often retries idempotent operations after transient | ||
9 | faults. There may be fancier recovery schemes that are appropriate in | ||
10 | some cases, such as re-initializing (and maybe resetting). After such | ||
11 | recovery, triggered by a fault report, there is no error. | ||
12 | |||
13 | In a similar way, sometimes a "fault" code just reports one defined | ||
14 | result for an operation ... it doesn't indicate that anything is wrong | ||
15 | at all, just that the outcome wasn't on the "golden path". | ||
16 | |||
17 | In short, your I2C driver code may need to know these codes in order | ||
18 | to respond correctly. Other code may need to rely on YOUR code reporting | ||
19 | the right fault code, so that it can (in turn) behave correctly. | ||
20 | |||
21 | |||
22 | I2C and SMBus fault codes | ||
23 | ------------------------- | ||
24 | These are returned as negative numbers from most calls, with zero or | ||
25 | some positive number indicating a non-fault return. The specific | ||
26 | numbers associated with these symbols differ between architectures, | ||
27 | though most Linux systems use <asm-generic/errno*.h> numbering. | ||
28 | |||
29 | Note that the descriptions here are not exhaustive. There are other | ||
30 | codes that may be returned, and other cases where these codes should | ||
31 | be returned. However, drivers should not return other codes for these | ||
32 | cases (unless the hardware doesn't provide unique fault reports). | ||
33 | |||
34 | Also, codes returned by adapter probe methods follow rules which are | ||
35 | specific to their host bus (such as PCI, or the platform bus). | ||
36 | |||
37 | |||
38 | EAGAIN | ||
39 | Returned by I2C adapters when they lose arbitration in master | ||
40 | transmit mode: some other master was transmitting different | ||
41 | data at the same time. | ||
42 | |||
43 | Also returned when trying to invoke an I2C operation in an | ||
44 | atomic context, when some task is already using that I2C bus | ||
45 | to execute some other operation. | ||
46 | |||
47 | EBADMSG | ||
48 | Returned by SMBus logic when an invalid Packet Error Code byte | ||
49 | is received. This code is a CRC covering all bytes in the | ||
50 | transaction, and is sent before the terminating STOP. This | ||
51 | fault is only reported on read transactions; the SMBus slave | ||
52 | may have a way to report PEC mismatches on writes from the | ||
53 | host. Note that even if PECs are in use, you should not rely | ||
54 | on these as the only way to detect incorrect data transfers. | ||
55 | |||
56 | EBUSY | ||
57 | Returned by SMBus adapters when the bus was busy for longer | ||
58 | than allowed. This usually indicates some device (maybe the | ||
59 | SMBus adapter) needs some fault recovery (such as resetting), | ||
60 | or that the reset was attempted but failed. | ||
61 | |||
62 | EINVAL | ||
63 | This rather vague error means an invalid parameter has been | ||
64 | detected before any I/O operation was started. Use a more | ||
65 | specific fault code when you can. | ||
66 | |||
67 | One example would be a driver trying an SMBus Block Write | ||
68 | with block size outside the range of 1-32 bytes. | ||
69 | |||
70 | EIO | ||
71 | This rather vague error means something went wrong when | ||
72 | performing an I/O operation. Use a more specific fault | ||
73 | code when you can. | ||
74 | |||
75 | ENODEV | ||
76 | Returned by driver probe() methods. This is a bit more | ||
77 | specific than ENXIO, implying the problem isn't with the | ||
78 | address, but with the device found there. Driver probes | ||
79 | may verify the device returns *correct* responses, and | ||
80 | return this as appropriate. (The driver core will warn | ||
81 | about probe faults other than ENXIO and ENODEV.) | ||
82 | |||
83 | ENOMEM | ||
84 | Returned by any component that can't allocate memory when | ||
85 | it needs to do so. | ||
86 | |||
87 | ENXIO | ||
88 | Returned by I2C adapters to indicate that the address phase | ||
89 | of a transfer didn't get an ACK. While it might just mean | ||
90 | an I2C device was temporarily not responding, usually it | ||
91 | means there's nothing listening at that address. | ||
92 | |||
93 | Returned by driver probe() methods to indicate that they | ||
94 | found no device to bind to. (ENODEV may also be used.) | ||
95 | |||
96 | EOPNOTSUPP | ||
97 | Returned by an adapter when asked to perform an operation | ||
98 | that it doesn't, or can't, support. | ||
99 | |||
100 | For example, this would be returned when an adapter that | ||
101 | doesn't support SMBus block transfers is asked to execute | ||
102 | one. In that case, the driver making that request should | ||
103 | have verified that functionality was supported before it | ||
104 | made that block transfer request. | ||
105 | |||
106 | Similarly, if an I2C adapter can't execute all legal I2C | ||
107 | messages, it should return this when asked to perform a | ||
108 | transaction it can't. (These limitations can't be seen in | ||
109 | the adapter's functionality mask, since the assumption is | ||
110 | that if an adapter supports I2C it supports all of I2C.) | ||
111 | |||
112 | EPROTO | ||
113 | Returned when slave does not conform to the relevant I2C | ||
114 | or SMBus (or chip-specific) protocol specifications. One | ||
115 | case is when the length of an SMBus block data response | ||
116 | (from the SMBus slave) is outside the range 1-32 bytes. | ||
117 | |||
118 | ETIMEDOUT | ||
119 | This is returned by drivers when an operation took too much | ||
120 | time, and was aborted before it completed. | ||
121 | |||
122 | SMBus adapters may return it when an operation took more | ||
123 | time than allowed by the SMBus specification; for example, | ||
124 | when a slave stretches clocks too far. I2C has no such | ||
125 | timeouts, but it's normal for I2C adapters to impose some | ||
126 | arbitrary limits (much longer than SMBus!) too. | ||
127 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol b/Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol index 03f08fb491cc..24bfb65da17d 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol +++ b/Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol | |||
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ Count (8 bits): A data byte containing the length of a block operation. | |||
42 | [..]: Data sent by I2C device, as opposed to data sent by the host adapter. | 42 | [..]: Data sent by I2C device, as opposed to data sent by the host adapter. |
43 | 43 | ||
44 | 44 | ||
45 | SMBus Quick Command: i2c_smbus_write_quick() | 45 | SMBus Quick Command |
46 | ============================================= | 46 | =================== |
47 | 47 | ||
48 | This sends a single bit to the device, at the place of the Rd/Wr bit. | 48 | This sends a single bit to the device, at the place of the Rd/Wr bit. |
49 | 49 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients index d4cd4126d1ad..6b61b3a2e90b 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients +++ b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients | |||
@@ -44,6 +44,10 @@ static struct i2c_driver foo_driver = { | |||
44 | .id_table = foo_ids, | 44 | .id_table = foo_ids, |
45 | .probe = foo_probe, | 45 | .probe = foo_probe, |
46 | .remove = foo_remove, | 46 | .remove = foo_remove, |
47 | /* if device autodetection is needed: */ | ||
48 | .class = I2C_CLASS_SOMETHING, | ||
49 | .detect = foo_detect, | ||
50 | .address_data = &addr_data, | ||
47 | 51 | ||
48 | /* else, driver uses "legacy" binding model: */ | 52 | /* else, driver uses "legacy" binding model: */ |
49 | .attach_adapter = foo_attach_adapter, | 53 | .attach_adapter = foo_attach_adapter, |
@@ -217,6 +221,31 @@ in the I2C bus driver. You may want to save the returned i2c_client | |||
217 | reference for later use. | 221 | reference for later use. |
218 | 222 | ||
219 | 223 | ||
224 | Device Detection (Standard driver model) | ||
225 | ---------------------------------------- | ||
226 | |||
227 | Sometimes you do not know in advance which I2C devices are connected to | ||
228 | a given I2C bus. This is for example the case of hardware monitoring | ||
229 | devices on a PC's SMBus. In that case, you may want to let your driver | ||
230 | detect supported devices automatically. This is how the legacy model | ||
231 | was working, and is now available as an extension to the standard | ||
232 | driver model (so that we can finally get rid of the legacy model.) | ||
233 | |||
234 | You simply have to define a detect callback which will attempt to | ||
235 | identify supported devices (returning 0 for supported ones and -ENODEV | ||
236 | for unsupported ones), a list of addresses to probe, and a device type | ||
237 | (or class) so that only I2C buses which may have that type of device | ||
238 | connected (and not otherwise enumerated) will be probed. The i2c | ||
239 | core will then call you back as needed and will instantiate a device | ||
240 | for you for every successful detection. | ||
241 | |||
242 | Note that this mechanism is purely optional and not suitable for all | ||
243 | devices. You need some reliable way to identify the supported devices | ||
244 | (typically using device-specific, dedicated identification registers), | ||
245 | otherwise misdetections are likely to occur and things can get wrong | ||
246 | quickly. | ||
247 | |||
248 | |||
220 | Device Deletion (Standard driver model) | 249 | Device Deletion (Standard driver model) |
221 | --------------------------------------- | 250 | --------------------------------------- |
222 | 251 | ||
@@ -569,7 +598,6 @@ SMBus communication | |||
569 | in terms of it. Never use this function directly! | 598 | in terms of it. Never use this function directly! |
570 | 599 | ||
571 | 600 | ||
572 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_quick(struct i2c_client * client, u8 value); | ||
573 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_byte(struct i2c_client * client); | 601 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_byte(struct i2c_client * client); |
574 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_byte(struct i2c_client * client, u8 value); | 602 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_byte(struct i2c_client * client, u8 value); |
575 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_byte_data(struct i2c_client * client, u8 command); | 603 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_byte_data(struct i2c_client * client, u8 command); |
@@ -578,30 +606,31 @@ SMBus communication | |||
578 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_word_data(struct i2c_client * client, u8 command); | 606 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_word_data(struct i2c_client * client, u8 command); |
579 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_word_data(struct i2c_client * client, | 607 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_word_data(struct i2c_client * client, |
580 | u8 command, u16 value); | 608 | u8 command, u16 value); |
609 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_block_data(struct i2c_client * client, | ||
610 | u8 command, u8 *values); | ||
581 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_block_data(struct i2c_client * client, | 611 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_block_data(struct i2c_client * client, |
582 | u8 command, u8 length, | 612 | u8 command, u8 length, |
583 | u8 *values); | 613 | u8 *values); |
584 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_i2c_block_data(struct i2c_client * client, | 614 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_i2c_block_data(struct i2c_client * client, |
585 | u8 command, u8 length, u8 *values); | 615 | u8 command, u8 length, u8 *values); |
586 | |||
587 | These ones were removed in Linux 2.6.10 because they had no users, but could | ||
588 | be added back later if needed: | ||
589 | |||
590 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_block_data(struct i2c_client * client, | ||
591 | u8 command, u8 *values); | ||
592 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_i2c_block_data(struct i2c_client * client, | 616 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_i2c_block_data(struct i2c_client * client, |
593 | u8 command, u8 length, | 617 | u8 command, u8 length, |
594 | u8 *values); | 618 | u8 *values); |
619 | |||
620 | These ones were removed from i2c-core because they had no users, but could | ||
621 | be added back later if needed: | ||
622 | |||
623 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_quick(struct i2c_client * client, u8 value); | ||
595 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_process_call(struct i2c_client * client, | 624 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_process_call(struct i2c_client * client, |
596 | u8 command, u16 value); | 625 | u8 command, u16 value); |
597 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_block_process_call(struct i2c_client *client, | 626 | extern s32 i2c_smbus_block_process_call(struct i2c_client *client, |
598 | u8 command, u8 length, | 627 | u8 command, u8 length, |
599 | u8 *values) | 628 | u8 *values) |
600 | 629 | ||
601 | All these transactions return -1 on failure. The 'write' transactions | 630 | All these transactions return a negative errno value on failure. The 'write' |
602 | return 0 on success; the 'read' transactions return the read value, except | 631 | transactions return 0 on success; the 'read' transactions return the read |
603 | for read_block, which returns the number of values read. The block buffers | 632 | value, except for block transactions, which return the number of values |
604 | need not be longer than 32 bytes. | 633 | read. The block buffers need not be longer than 32 bytes. |
605 | 634 | ||
606 | You can read the file `smbus-protocol' for more information about the | 635 | You can read the file `smbus-protocol' for more information about the |
607 | actual SMBus protocol. | 636 | actual SMBus protocol. |
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt index 240ce7a56c40..3bb5f466a90d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt | |||
@@ -117,6 +117,7 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments | |||
117 | <mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl> | 117 | <mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl> |
118 | 'c' 00-7F linux/comstats.h conflict! | 118 | 'c' 00-7F linux/comstats.h conflict! |
119 | 'c' 00-7F linux/coda.h conflict! | 119 | 'c' 00-7F linux/coda.h conflict! |
120 | 'c' 80-9F asm-s390/chsc.h | ||
120 | 'd' 00-FF linux/char/drm/drm/h conflict! | 121 | 'd' 00-FF linux/char/drm/drm/h conflict! |
121 | 'd' 00-DF linux/video_decoder.h conflict! | 122 | 'd' 00-DF linux/video_decoder.h conflict! |
122 | 'd' F0-FF linux/digi1.h | 123 | 'd' F0-FF linux/digi1.h |
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt index c19efdeace2c..91a6ecbae0bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt | |||
@@ -508,12 +508,13 @@ HDIO_DRIVE_RESET execute a device reset | |||
508 | 508 | ||
509 | error returns: | 509 | error returns: |
510 | EACCES Access denied: requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN | 510 | EACCES Access denied: requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN |
511 | ENXIO No such device: phy dead or ctl_addr == 0 | ||
512 | EIO I/O error: reset timed out or hardware error | ||
511 | 513 | ||
512 | notes: | 514 | notes: |
513 | 515 | ||
514 | Abort any current command, prevent anything else from being | 516 | Execute a reset on the device as soon as the current IO |
515 | queued, execute a reset on the device, and issue BLKRRPART | 517 | operation has completed. |
516 | ioctl on the block device. | ||
517 | 518 | ||
518 | Executes an ATAPI soft reset if applicable, otherwise | 519 | Executes an ATAPI soft reset if applicable, otherwise |
519 | executes an ATA soft reset on the controller. | 520 | executes an ATA soft reset on the controller. |
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 88b08acf2ff2..556b4187d016 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | |||
@@ -147,10 +147,14 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file | |||
147 | default: 0 | 147 | default: 0 |
148 | 148 | ||
149 | acpi_sleep= [HW,ACPI] Sleep options | 149 | acpi_sleep= [HW,ACPI] Sleep options |
150 | Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep } | 150 | Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, old_ordering } |
151 | See Documentation/power/video.txt for s3_bios and s3_mode. | 151 | See Documentation/power/video.txt for s3_bios and s3_mode. |
152 | s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep | 152 | s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep |
153 | as soon as the kernel's real-mode entry point is called. | 153 | as soon as the kernel's real-mode entry point is called. |
154 | old_ordering causes the ACPI 1.0 ordering of the _PTS | ||
155 | control method, wrt putting devices into low power | ||
156 | states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering of _PTS is | ||
157 | used by default). | ||
154 | 158 | ||
155 | acpi_sci= [HW,ACPI] ACPI System Control Interrupt trigger mode | 159 | acpi_sci= [HW,ACPI] ACPI System Control Interrupt trigger mode |
156 | Format: { level | edge | high | low } | 160 | Format: { level | edge | high | low } |
@@ -571,6 +575,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file | |||
571 | 575 | ||
572 | debug_objects [KNL] Enable object debugging | 576 | debug_objects [KNL] Enable object debugging |
573 | 577 | ||
578 | debugpat [X86] Enable PAT debugging | ||
579 | |||
574 | decnet.addr= [HW,NET] | 580 | decnet.addr= [HW,NET] |
575 | Format: <area>[,<node>] | 581 | Format: <area>[,<node>] |
576 | See also Documentation/networking/decnet.txt. | 582 | See also Documentation/networking/decnet.txt. |
@@ -756,9 +762,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file | |||
756 | hd= [EIDE] (E)IDE hard drive subsystem geometry | 762 | hd= [EIDE] (E)IDE hard drive subsystem geometry |
757 | Format: <cyl>,<head>,<sect> | 763 | Format: <cyl>,<head>,<sect> |
758 | 764 | ||
759 | hd?= [HW] (E)IDE subsystem | ||
760 | hd?lun= See Documentation/ide/ide.txt. | ||
761 | |||
762 | highmem=nn[KMG] [KNL,BOOT] forces the highmem zone to have an exact | 765 | highmem=nn[KMG] [KNL,BOOT] forces the highmem zone to have an exact |
763 | size of <nn>. This works even on boxes that have no | 766 | size of <nn>. This works even on boxes that have no |
764 | highmem otherwise. This also works to reduce highmem | 767 | highmem otherwise. This also works to reduce highmem |
@@ -819,7 +822,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file | |||
819 | See Documentation/ide/ide.txt. | 822 | See Documentation/ide/ide.txt. |
820 | 823 | ||
821 | idle= [X86] | 824 | idle= [X86] |
822 | Format: idle=poll or idle=mwait | 825 | Format: idle=poll or idle=mwait, idle=halt, idle=nomwait |
823 | Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly improves the performance | 826 | Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly improves the performance |
824 | of waking up a idle CPU, but will use a lot of power and make the system | 827 | of waking up a idle CPU, but will use a lot of power and make the system |
825 | run hot. Not recommended. | 828 | run hot. Not recommended. |
@@ -827,6 +830,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file | |||
827 | to not use it because it doesn't save as much power as a normal idle | 830 | to not use it because it doesn't save as much power as a normal idle |
828 | loop use the MONITOR/MWAIT idle loop anyways. Performance should be the same | 831 | loop use the MONITOR/MWAIT idle loop anyways. Performance should be the same |
829 | as idle=poll. | 832 | as idle=poll. |
833 | idle=halt. Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle. | ||
834 | In such case C2/C3 won't be used again. | ||
835 | idle=nomwait. Disable mwait for CPU C-states | ||
830 | 836 | ||
831 | ide-pci-generic.all-generic-ide [HW] (E)IDE subsystem | 837 | ide-pci-generic.all-generic-ide [HW] (E)IDE subsystem |
832 | Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers. | 838 | Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers. |
@@ -1242,6 +1248,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file | |||
1242 | mtdparts= [MTD] | 1248 | mtdparts= [MTD] |
1243 | See drivers/mtd/cmdlinepart.c. | 1249 | See drivers/mtd/cmdlinepart.c. |
1244 | 1250 | ||
1251 | mtdset= [ARM] | ||
1252 | ARM/S3C2412 JIVE boot control | ||
1253 | |||
1254 | See arch/arm/mach-s3c2412/mach-jive.c | ||
1255 | |||
1245 | mtouchusb.raw_coordinates= | 1256 | mtouchusb.raw_coordinates= |
1246 | [HW] Make the MicroTouch USB driver use raw coordinates | 1257 | [HW] Make the MicroTouch USB driver use raw coordinates |
1247 | ('y', default) or cooked coordinates ('n') | 1258 | ('y', default) or cooked coordinates ('n') |
@@ -1536,6 +1547,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file | |||
1536 | Use with caution as certain devices share | 1547 | Use with caution as certain devices share |
1537 | address decoders between ROMs and other | 1548 | address decoders between ROMs and other |
1538 | resources. | 1549 | resources. |
1550 | norom [X86-32,X86_64] Do not assign address space to | ||
1551 | expansion ROMs that do not already have | ||
1552 | BIOS assigned address ranges. | ||
1539 | irqmask=0xMMMM [X86-32] Set a bit mask of IRQs allowed to be | 1553 | irqmask=0xMMMM [X86-32] Set a bit mask of IRQs allowed to be |
1540 | assigned automatically to PCI devices. You can | 1554 | assigned automatically to PCI devices. You can |
1541 | make the kernel exclude IRQs of your ISA cards | 1555 | make the kernel exclude IRQs of your ISA cards |
@@ -1611,6 +1625,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file | |||
1611 | Format: { parport<nr> | timid | 0 } | 1625 | Format: { parport<nr> | timid | 0 } |
1612 | See also Documentation/parport.txt. | 1626 | See also Documentation/parport.txt. |
1613 | 1627 | ||
1628 | pmtmr= [X86] Manual setup of pmtmr I/O Port. | ||
1629 | Override pmtimer IOPort with a hex value. | ||
1630 | e.g. pmtmr=0x508 | ||
1631 | |||
1614 | pnpacpi= [ACPI] | 1632 | pnpacpi= [ACPI] |
1615 | { off } | 1633 | { off } |
1616 | 1634 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/kprobes.txt b/Documentation/kprobes.txt index 6877e7187113..a79633d702bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/kprobes.txt +++ b/Documentation/kprobes.txt | |||
@@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ architectures: | |||
172 | - ia64 (Does not support probes on instruction slot1.) | 172 | - ia64 (Does not support probes on instruction slot1.) |
173 | - sparc64 (Return probes not yet implemented.) | 173 | - sparc64 (Return probes not yet implemented.) |
174 | - arm | 174 | - arm |
175 | - ppc | ||
175 | 176 | ||
176 | 3. Configuring Kprobes | 177 | 3. Configuring Kprobes |
177 | 178 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt index 79b7dbd22141..69b5dd4e5a59 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt | |||
@@ -174,8 +174,6 @@ The LED is exposed through the LED subsystem, and can be found in: | |||
174 | The mail LED is autodetected, so if you don't have one, the LED device won't | 174 | The mail LED is autodetected, so if you don't have one, the LED device won't |
175 | be registered. | 175 | be registered. |
176 | 176 | ||
177 | If you have a mail LED that is not green, please report this to me. | ||
178 | |||
179 | Backlight | 177 | Backlight |
180 | ********* | 178 | ********* |
181 | 179 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt index 1d2a772506cf..de2e5c05d6e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt | |||
@@ -41,23 +41,12 @@ Table of Contents | |||
41 | VI - System-on-a-chip devices and nodes | 41 | VI - System-on-a-chip devices and nodes |
42 | 1) Defining child nodes of an SOC | 42 | 1) Defining child nodes of an SOC |
43 | 2) Representing devices without a current OF specification | 43 | 2) Representing devices without a current OF specification |
44 | a) MDIO IO device | 44 | a) PHY nodes |
45 | b) Gianfar-compatible ethernet nodes | 45 | b) Interrupt controllers |
46 | c) PHY nodes | 46 | c) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash |
47 | d) Interrupt controllers | 47 | d) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes |
48 | e) I2C | 48 | e) Xilinx IP cores |
49 | f) Freescale SOC USB controllers | 49 | f) USB EHCI controllers |
50 | g) Freescale SOC SEC Security Engines | ||
51 | h) Board Control and Status (BCSR) | ||
52 | i) Freescale QUICC Engine module (QE) | ||
53 | j) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash | ||
54 | k) Global Utilities Block | ||
55 | l) Freescale Communications Processor Module | ||
56 | m) Chipselect/Local Bus | ||
57 | n) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes | ||
58 | o) Xilinx IP cores | ||
59 | p) Freescale Synchronous Serial Interface | ||
60 | q) USB EHCI controllers | ||
61 | 50 | ||
62 | VII - Marvell Discovery mv64[345]6x System Controller chips | 51 | VII - Marvell Discovery mv64[345]6x System Controller chips |
63 | 1) The /system-controller node | 52 | 1) The /system-controller node |
@@ -1246,80 +1235,7 @@ descriptions for the SOC devices for which new nodes have been | |||
1246 | defined; this list will expand as more and more SOC-containing | 1235 | defined; this list will expand as more and more SOC-containing |
1247 | platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. | 1236 | platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. |
1248 | 1237 | ||
1249 | a) MDIO IO device | 1238 | a) PHY nodes |
1250 | |||
1251 | The MDIO is a bus to which the PHY devices are connected. For each | ||
1252 | device that exists on this bus, a child node should be created. See | ||
1253 | the definition of the PHY node below for an example of how to define | ||
1254 | a PHY. | ||
1255 | |||
1256 | Required properties: | ||
1257 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1258 | - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for the | ||
1259 | mdio. Currently, this is most likely to be "fsl,gianfar-mdio" | ||
1260 | |||
1261 | Example: | ||
1262 | |||
1263 | mdio@24520 { | ||
1264 | reg = <24520 20>; | ||
1265 | compatible = "fsl,gianfar-mdio"; | ||
1266 | |||
1267 | ethernet-phy@0 { | ||
1268 | ...... | ||
1269 | }; | ||
1270 | }; | ||
1271 | |||
1272 | |||
1273 | b) Gianfar-compatible ethernet nodes | ||
1274 | |||
1275 | Required properties: | ||
1276 | |||
1277 | - device_type : Should be "network" | ||
1278 | - model : Model of the device. Can be "TSEC", "eTSEC", or "FEC" | ||
1279 | - compatible : Should be "gianfar" | ||
1280 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1281 | - mac-address : List of bytes representing the ethernet address of | ||
1282 | this controller | ||
1283 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
1284 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
1285 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
1286 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
1287 | controller you have. | ||
1288 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
1289 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
1290 | - phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this ethernet | ||
1291 | controller. | ||
1292 | - fixed-link : <a b c d e> where a is emulated phy id - choose any, | ||
1293 | but unique to the all specified fixed-links, b is duplex - 0 half, | ||
1294 | 1 full, c is link speed - d#10/d#100/d#1000, d is pause - 0 no | ||
1295 | pause, 1 pause, e is asym_pause - 0 no asym_pause, 1 asym_pause. | ||
1296 | |||
1297 | Recommended properties: | ||
1298 | |||
1299 | - phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type, | ||
1300 | i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id", "sgmii", | ||
1301 | "tbi", or "rtbi". This property is only really needed if the connection | ||
1302 | is of type "rgmii-id", as all other connection types are detected by | ||
1303 | hardware. | ||
1304 | |||
1305 | |||
1306 | Example: | ||
1307 | |||
1308 | ethernet@24000 { | ||
1309 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
1310 | device_type = "network"; | ||
1311 | model = "TSEC"; | ||
1312 | compatible = "gianfar"; | ||
1313 | reg = <24000 1000>; | ||
1314 | mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 00 ]; | ||
1315 | interrupts = <d 3 e 3 12 3>; | ||
1316 | interrupt-parent = <40000>; | ||
1317 | phy-handle = <2452000> | ||
1318 | }; | ||
1319 | |||
1320 | |||
1321 | |||
1322 | c) PHY nodes | ||
1323 | 1239 | ||
1324 | Required properties: | 1240 | Required properties: |
1325 | 1241 | ||
@@ -1347,7 +1263,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. | |||
1347 | }; | 1263 | }; |
1348 | 1264 | ||
1349 | 1265 | ||
1350 | d) Interrupt controllers | 1266 | b) Interrupt controllers |
1351 | 1267 | ||
1352 | Some SOC devices contain interrupt controllers that are different | 1268 | Some SOC devices contain interrupt controllers that are different |
1353 | from the standard Open PIC specification. The SOC device nodes for | 1269 | from the standard Open PIC specification. The SOC device nodes for |
@@ -1360,491 +1276,14 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. | |||
1360 | 1276 | ||
1361 | pic@40000 { | 1277 | pic@40000 { |
1362 | linux,phandle = <40000>; | 1278 | linux,phandle = <40000>; |
1363 | clock-frequency = <0>; | ||
1364 | interrupt-controller; | 1279 | interrupt-controller; |
1365 | #address-cells = <0>; | 1280 | #address-cells = <0>; |
1366 | reg = <40000 40000>; | 1281 | reg = <40000 40000>; |
1367 | built-in; | ||
1368 | compatible = "chrp,open-pic"; | 1282 | compatible = "chrp,open-pic"; |
1369 | device_type = "open-pic"; | 1283 | device_type = "open-pic"; |
1370 | big-endian; | ||
1371 | }; | ||
1372 | |||
1373 | |||
1374 | e) I2C | ||
1375 | |||
1376 | Required properties : | ||
1377 | |||
1378 | - device_type : Should be "i2c" | ||
1379 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1380 | |||
1381 | Recommended properties : | ||
1382 | |||
1383 | - compatible : Should be "fsl-i2c" for parts compatible with | ||
1384 | Freescale I2C specifications. | ||
1385 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
1386 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
1387 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
1388 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
1389 | controller you have. | ||
1390 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
1391 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
1392 | - dfsrr : boolean; if defined, indicates that this I2C device has | ||
1393 | a digital filter sampling rate register | ||
1394 | - fsl5200-clocking : boolean; if defined, indicated that this device | ||
1395 | uses the FSL 5200 clocking mechanism. | ||
1396 | |||
1397 | Example : | ||
1398 | |||
1399 | i2c@3000 { | ||
1400 | interrupt-parent = <40000>; | ||
1401 | interrupts = <1b 3>; | ||
1402 | reg = <3000 18>; | ||
1403 | device_type = "i2c"; | ||
1404 | compatible = "fsl-i2c"; | ||
1405 | dfsrr; | ||
1406 | }; | ||
1407 | |||
1408 | |||
1409 | f) Freescale SOC USB controllers | ||
1410 | |||
1411 | The device node for a USB controller that is part of a Freescale | ||
1412 | SOC is as described in the document "Open Firmware Recommended | ||
1413 | Practice : Universal Serial Bus" with the following modifications | ||
1414 | and additions : | ||
1415 | |||
1416 | Required properties : | ||
1417 | - compatible : Should be "fsl-usb2-mph" for multi port host USB | ||
1418 | controllers, or "fsl-usb2-dr" for dual role USB controllers | ||
1419 | - phy_type : For multi port host USB controllers, should be one of | ||
1420 | "ulpi", or "serial". For dual role USB controllers, should be | ||
1421 | one of "ulpi", "utmi", "utmi_wide", or "serial". | ||
1422 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1423 | - port0 : boolean; if defined, indicates port0 is connected for | ||
1424 | fsl-usb2-mph compatible controllers. Either this property or | ||
1425 | "port1" (or both) must be defined for "fsl-usb2-mph" compatible | ||
1426 | controllers. | ||
1427 | - port1 : boolean; if defined, indicates port1 is connected for | ||
1428 | fsl-usb2-mph compatible controllers. Either this property or | ||
1429 | "port0" (or both) must be defined for "fsl-usb2-mph" compatible | ||
1430 | controllers. | ||
1431 | - dr_mode : indicates the working mode for "fsl-usb2-dr" compatible | ||
1432 | controllers. Can be "host", "peripheral", or "otg". Default to | ||
1433 | "host" if not defined for backward compatibility. | ||
1434 | |||
1435 | Recommended properties : | ||
1436 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
1437 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
1438 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
1439 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
1440 | controller you have. | ||
1441 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
1442 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
1443 | |||
1444 | Example multi port host USB controller device node : | ||
1445 | usb@22000 { | ||
1446 | compatible = "fsl-usb2-mph"; | ||
1447 | reg = <22000 1000>; | ||
1448 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
1449 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
1450 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
1451 | interrupts = <27 1>; | ||
1452 | phy_type = "ulpi"; | ||
1453 | port0; | ||
1454 | port1; | ||
1455 | }; | ||
1456 | |||
1457 | Example dual role USB controller device node : | ||
1458 | usb@23000 { | ||
1459 | compatible = "fsl-usb2-dr"; | ||
1460 | reg = <23000 1000>; | ||
1461 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
1462 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
1463 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
1464 | interrupts = <26 1>; | ||
1465 | dr_mode = "otg"; | ||
1466 | phy = "ulpi"; | ||
1467 | }; | ||
1468 | |||
1469 | |||
1470 | g) Freescale SOC SEC Security Engines | ||
1471 | |||
1472 | Required properties: | ||
1473 | |||
1474 | - device_type : Should be "crypto" | ||
1475 | - model : Model of the device. Should be "SEC1" or "SEC2" | ||
1476 | - compatible : Should be "talitos" | ||
1477 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1478 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
1479 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
1480 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
1481 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
1482 | controller you have. | ||
1483 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
1484 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
1485 | - num-channels : An integer representing the number of channels | ||
1486 | available. | ||
1487 | - channel-fifo-len : An integer representing the number of | ||
1488 | descriptor pointers each channel fetch fifo can hold. | ||
1489 | - exec-units-mask : The bitmask representing what execution units | ||
1490 | (EUs) are available. It's a single 32-bit cell. EU information | ||
1491 | should be encoded following the SEC's Descriptor Header Dword | ||
1492 | EU_SEL0 field documentation, i.e. as follows: | ||
1493 | |||
1494 | bit 0 = reserved - should be 0 | ||
1495 | bit 1 = set if SEC has the ARC4 EU (AFEU) | ||
1496 | bit 2 = set if SEC has the DES/3DES EU (DEU) | ||
1497 | bit 3 = set if SEC has the message digest EU (MDEU) | ||
1498 | bit 4 = set if SEC has the random number generator EU (RNG) | ||
1499 | bit 5 = set if SEC has the public key EU (PKEU) | ||
1500 | bit 6 = set if SEC has the AES EU (AESU) | ||
1501 | bit 7 = set if SEC has the Kasumi EU (KEU) | ||
1502 | |||
1503 | bits 8 through 31 are reserved for future SEC EUs. | ||
1504 | |||
1505 | - descriptor-types-mask : The bitmask representing what descriptors | ||
1506 | are available. It's a single 32-bit cell. Descriptor type | ||
1507 | information should be encoded following the SEC's Descriptor | ||
1508 | Header Dword DESC_TYPE field documentation, i.e. as follows: | ||
1509 | |||
1510 | bit 0 = set if SEC supports the aesu_ctr_nonsnoop desc. type | ||
1511 | bit 1 = set if SEC supports the ipsec_esp descriptor type | ||
1512 | bit 2 = set if SEC supports the common_nonsnoop desc. type | ||
1513 | bit 3 = set if SEC supports the 802.11i AES ccmp desc. type | ||
1514 | bit 4 = set if SEC supports the hmac_snoop_no_afeu desc. type | ||
1515 | bit 5 = set if SEC supports the srtp descriptor type | ||
1516 | bit 6 = set if SEC supports the non_hmac_snoop_no_afeu desc.type | ||
1517 | bit 7 = set if SEC supports the pkeu_assemble descriptor type | ||
1518 | bit 8 = set if SEC supports the aesu_key_expand_output desc.type | ||
1519 | bit 9 = set if SEC supports the pkeu_ptmul descriptor type | ||
1520 | bit 10 = set if SEC supports the common_nonsnoop_afeu desc. type | ||
1521 | bit 11 = set if SEC supports the pkeu_ptadd_dbl descriptor type | ||
1522 | |||
1523 | ..and so on and so forth. | ||
1524 | |||
1525 | Example: | ||
1526 | |||
1527 | /* MPC8548E */ | ||
1528 | crypto@30000 { | ||
1529 | device_type = "crypto"; | ||
1530 | model = "SEC2"; | ||
1531 | compatible = "talitos"; | ||
1532 | reg = <30000 10000>; | ||
1533 | interrupts = <1d 3>; | ||
1534 | interrupt-parent = <40000>; | ||
1535 | num-channels = <4>; | ||
1536 | channel-fifo-len = <18>; | ||
1537 | exec-units-mask = <000000fe>; | ||
1538 | descriptor-types-mask = <012b0ebf>; | ||
1539 | }; | ||
1540 | |||
1541 | h) Board Control and Status (BCSR) | ||
1542 | |||
1543 | Required properties: | ||
1544 | |||
1545 | - device_type : Should be "board-control" | ||
1546 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1547 | |||
1548 | Example: | ||
1549 | |||
1550 | bcsr@f8000000 { | ||
1551 | device_type = "board-control"; | ||
1552 | reg = <f8000000 8000>; | ||
1553 | }; | ||
1554 | |||
1555 | i) Freescale QUICC Engine module (QE) | ||
1556 | This represents qe module that is installed on PowerQUICC II Pro. | ||
1557 | |||
1558 | NOTE: This is an interim binding; it should be updated to fit | ||
1559 | in with the CPM binding later in this document. | ||
1560 | |||
1561 | Basically, it is a bus of devices, that could act more or less | ||
1562 | as a complete entity (UCC, USB etc ). All of them should be siblings on | ||
1563 | the "root" qe node, using the common properties from there. | ||
1564 | The description below applies to the qe of MPC8360 and | ||
1565 | more nodes and properties would be extended in the future. | ||
1566 | |||
1567 | i) Root QE device | ||
1568 | |||
1569 | Required properties: | ||
1570 | - compatible : should be "fsl,qe"; | ||
1571 | - model : precise model of the QE, Can be "QE", "CPM", or "CPM2" | ||
1572 | - reg : offset and length of the device registers. | ||
1573 | - bus-frequency : the clock frequency for QUICC Engine. | ||
1574 | |||
1575 | Recommended properties | ||
1576 | - brg-frequency : the internal clock source frequency for baud-rate | ||
1577 | generators in Hz. | ||
1578 | |||
1579 | Example: | ||
1580 | qe@e0100000 { | ||
1581 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
1582 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
1583 | #interrupt-cells = <2>; | ||
1584 | compatible = "fsl,qe"; | ||
1585 | ranges = <0 e0100000 00100000>; | ||
1586 | reg = <e0100000 480>; | ||
1587 | brg-frequency = <0>; | ||
1588 | bus-frequency = <179A7B00>; | ||
1589 | } | ||
1590 | |||
1591 | |||
1592 | ii) SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) | ||
1593 | |||
1594 | Required properties: | ||
1595 | - cell-index : SPI controller index. | ||
1596 | - compatible : should be "fsl,spi". | ||
1597 | - mode : the SPI operation mode, it can be "cpu" or "cpu-qe". | ||
1598 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1599 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
1600 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
1601 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
1602 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
1603 | controller you have. | ||
1604 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
1605 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
1606 | |||
1607 | Example: | ||
1608 | spi@4c0 { | ||
1609 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
1610 | compatible = "fsl,spi"; | ||
1611 | reg = <4c0 40>; | ||
1612 | interrupts = <82 0>; | ||
1613 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
1614 | mode = "cpu"; | ||
1615 | }; | ||
1616 | |||
1617 | |||
1618 | iii) USB (Universal Serial Bus Controller) | ||
1619 | |||
1620 | Required properties: | ||
1621 | - compatible : could be "qe_udc" or "fhci-hcd". | ||
1622 | - mode : the could be "host" or "slave". | ||
1623 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1624 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
1625 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
1626 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
1627 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
1628 | controller you have. | ||
1629 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
1630 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
1631 | |||
1632 | Example(slave): | ||
1633 | usb@6c0 { | ||
1634 | compatible = "qe_udc"; | ||
1635 | reg = <6c0 40>; | ||
1636 | interrupts = <8b 0>; | ||
1637 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
1638 | mode = "slave"; | ||
1639 | }; | 1284 | }; |
1640 | 1285 | ||
1641 | 1286 | c) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash | |
1642 | iv) UCC (Unified Communications Controllers) | ||
1643 | |||
1644 | Required properties: | ||
1645 | - device_type : should be "network", "hldc", "uart", "transparent" | ||
1646 | "bisync", "atm", or "serial". | ||
1647 | - compatible : could be "ucc_geth" or "fsl_atm" and so on. | ||
1648 | - cell-index : the ucc number(1-8), corresponding to UCCx in UM. | ||
1649 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
1650 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
1651 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
1652 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
1653 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
1654 | controller you have. | ||
1655 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
1656 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
1657 | - pio-handle : The phandle for the Parallel I/O port configuration. | ||
1658 | - port-number : for UART drivers, the port number to use, between 0 and 3. | ||
1659 | This usually corresponds to the /dev/ttyQE device, e.g. <0> = /dev/ttyQE0. | ||
1660 | The port number is added to the minor number of the device. Unlike the | ||
1661 | CPM UART driver, the port-number is required for the QE UART driver. | ||
1662 | - soft-uart : for UART drivers, if specified this means the QE UART device | ||
1663 | driver should use "Soft-UART" mode, which is needed on some SOCs that have | ||
1664 | broken UART hardware. Soft-UART is provided via a microcode upload. | ||
1665 | - rx-clock-name: the UCC receive clock source | ||
1666 | "none": clock source is disabled | ||
1667 | "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively | ||
1668 | "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively | ||
1669 | - tx-clock-name: the UCC transmit clock source | ||
1670 | "none": clock source is disabled | ||
1671 | "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively | ||
1672 | "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively | ||
1673 | The following two properties are deprecated. rx-clock has been replaced | ||
1674 | with rx-clock-name, and tx-clock has been replaced with tx-clock-name. | ||
1675 | Drivers that currently use the deprecated properties should continue to | ||
1676 | do so, in order to support older device trees, but they should be updated | ||
1677 | to check for the new properties first. | ||
1678 | - rx-clock : represents the UCC receive clock source. | ||
1679 | 0x00 : clock source is disabled; | ||
1680 | 0x1~0x10 : clock source is BRG1~BRG16 respectively; | ||
1681 | 0x11~0x28: clock source is QE_CLK1~QE_CLK24 respectively. | ||
1682 | - tx-clock: represents the UCC transmit clock source; | ||
1683 | 0x00 : clock source is disabled; | ||
1684 | 0x1~0x10 : clock source is BRG1~BRG16 respectively; | ||
1685 | 0x11~0x28: clock source is QE_CLK1~QE_CLK24 respectively. | ||
1686 | |||
1687 | Required properties for network device_type: | ||
1688 | - mac-address : list of bytes representing the ethernet address. | ||
1689 | - phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this controller. | ||
1690 | |||
1691 | Recommended properties: | ||
1692 | - phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type, | ||
1693 | i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id" (Internal | ||
1694 | Delay), "rgmii-txid" (delay on TX only), "rgmii-rxid" (delay on RX only), | ||
1695 | "tbi", or "rtbi". | ||
1696 | |||
1697 | Example: | ||
1698 | ucc@2000 { | ||
1699 | device_type = "network"; | ||
1700 | compatible = "ucc_geth"; | ||
1701 | cell-index = <1>; | ||
1702 | reg = <2000 200>; | ||
1703 | interrupts = <a0 0>; | ||
1704 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
1705 | mac-address = [ 00 04 9f 00 23 23 ]; | ||
1706 | rx-clock = "none"; | ||
1707 | tx-clock = "clk9"; | ||
1708 | phy-handle = <212000>; | ||
1709 | phy-connection-type = "gmii"; | ||
1710 | pio-handle = <140001>; | ||
1711 | }; | ||
1712 | |||
1713 | |||
1714 | v) Parallel I/O Ports | ||
1715 | |||
1716 | This node configures Parallel I/O ports for CPUs with QE support. | ||
1717 | The node should reside in the "soc" node of the tree. For each | ||
1718 | device that using parallel I/O ports, a child node should be created. | ||
1719 | See the definition of the Pin configuration nodes below for more | ||
1720 | information. | ||
1721 | |||
1722 | Required properties: | ||
1723 | - device_type : should be "par_io". | ||
1724 | - reg : offset to the register set and its length. | ||
1725 | - num-ports : number of Parallel I/O ports | ||
1726 | |||
1727 | Example: | ||
1728 | par_io@1400 { | ||
1729 | reg = <1400 100>; | ||
1730 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
1731 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
1732 | device_type = "par_io"; | ||
1733 | num-ports = <7>; | ||
1734 | ucc_pin@01 { | ||
1735 | ...... | ||
1736 | }; | ||
1737 | |||
1738 | |||
1739 | vi) Pin configuration nodes | ||
1740 | |||
1741 | Required properties: | ||
1742 | - linux,phandle : phandle of this node; likely referenced by a QE | ||
1743 | device. | ||
1744 | - pio-map : array of pin configurations. Each pin is defined by 6 | ||
1745 | integers. The six numbers are respectively: port, pin, dir, | ||
1746 | open_drain, assignment, has_irq. | ||
1747 | - port : port number of the pin; 0-6 represent port A-G in UM. | ||
1748 | - pin : pin number in the port. | ||
1749 | - dir : direction of the pin, should encode as follows: | ||
1750 | |||
1751 | 0 = The pin is disabled | ||
1752 | 1 = The pin is an output | ||
1753 | 2 = The pin is an input | ||
1754 | 3 = The pin is I/O | ||
1755 | |||
1756 | - open_drain : indicates the pin is normal or wired-OR: | ||
1757 | |||
1758 | 0 = The pin is actively driven as an output | ||
1759 | 1 = The pin is an open-drain driver. As an output, the pin is | ||
1760 | driven active-low, otherwise it is three-stated. | ||
1761 | |||
1762 | - assignment : function number of the pin according to the Pin Assignment | ||
1763 | tables in User Manual. Each pin can have up to 4 possible functions in | ||
1764 | QE and two options for CPM. | ||
1765 | - has_irq : indicates if the pin is used as source of external | ||
1766 | interrupts. | ||
1767 | |||
1768 | Example: | ||
1769 | ucc_pin@01 { | ||
1770 | linux,phandle = <140001>; | ||
1771 | pio-map = < | ||
1772 | /* port pin dir open_drain assignment has_irq */ | ||
1773 | 0 3 1 0 1 0 /* TxD0 */ | ||
1774 | 0 4 1 0 1 0 /* TxD1 */ | ||
1775 | 0 5 1 0 1 0 /* TxD2 */ | ||
1776 | 0 6 1 0 1 0 /* TxD3 */ | ||
1777 | 1 6 1 0 3 0 /* TxD4 */ | ||
1778 | 1 7 1 0 1 0 /* TxD5 */ | ||
1779 | 1 9 1 0 2 0 /* TxD6 */ | ||
1780 | 1 a 1 0 2 0 /* TxD7 */ | ||
1781 | 0 9 2 0 1 0 /* RxD0 */ | ||
1782 | 0 a 2 0 1 0 /* RxD1 */ | ||
1783 | 0 b 2 0 1 0 /* RxD2 */ | ||
1784 | 0 c 2 0 1 0 /* RxD3 */ | ||
1785 | 0 d 2 0 1 0 /* RxD4 */ | ||
1786 | 1 1 2 0 2 0 /* RxD5 */ | ||
1787 | 1 0 2 0 2 0 /* RxD6 */ | ||
1788 | 1 4 2 0 2 0 /* RxD7 */ | ||
1789 | 0 7 1 0 1 0 /* TX_EN */ | ||
1790 | 0 8 1 0 1 0 /* TX_ER */ | ||
1791 | 0 f 2 0 1 0 /* RX_DV */ | ||
1792 | 0 10 2 0 1 0 /* RX_ER */ | ||
1793 | 0 0 2 0 1 0 /* RX_CLK */ | ||
1794 | 2 9 1 0 3 0 /* GTX_CLK - CLK10 */ | ||
1795 | 2 8 2 0 1 0>; /* GTX125 - CLK9 */ | ||
1796 | }; | ||
1797 | |||
1798 | vii) Multi-User RAM (MURAM) | ||
1799 | |||
1800 | Required properties: | ||
1801 | - compatible : should be "fsl,qe-muram", "fsl,cpm-muram". | ||
1802 | - mode : the could be "host" or "slave". | ||
1803 | - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the | ||
1804 | translation of MURAM addresses. | ||
1805 | - data-only : sub-node which defines the address area under MURAM | ||
1806 | bus that can be allocated as data/parameter | ||
1807 | |||
1808 | Example: | ||
1809 | |||
1810 | muram@10000 { | ||
1811 | compatible = "fsl,qe-muram", "fsl,cpm-muram"; | ||
1812 | ranges = <0 00010000 0000c000>; | ||
1813 | |||
1814 | data-only@0{ | ||
1815 | compatible = "fsl,qe-muram-data", | ||
1816 | "fsl,cpm-muram-data"; | ||
1817 | reg = <0 c000>; | ||
1818 | }; | ||
1819 | }; | ||
1820 | |||
1821 | viii) Uploaded QE firmware | ||
1822 | |||
1823 | If a new firwmare has been uploaded to the QE (usually by the | ||
1824 | boot loader), then a 'firmware' child node should be added to the QE | ||
1825 | node. This node provides information on the uploaded firmware that | ||
1826 | device drivers may need. | ||
1827 | |||
1828 | Required properties: | ||
1829 | - id: The string name of the firmware. This is taken from the 'id' | ||
1830 | member of the qe_firmware structure of the uploaded firmware. | ||
1831 | Device drivers can search this string to determine if the | ||
1832 | firmware they want is already present. | ||
1833 | - extended-modes: The Extended Modes bitfield, taken from the | ||
1834 | firmware binary. It is a 64-bit number represented | ||
1835 | as an array of two 32-bit numbers. | ||
1836 | - virtual-traps: The virtual traps, taken from the firmware binary. | ||
1837 | It is an array of 8 32-bit numbers. | ||
1838 | |||
1839 | Example: | ||
1840 | |||
1841 | firmware { | ||
1842 | id = "Soft-UART"; | ||
1843 | extended-modes = <0 0>; | ||
1844 | virtual-traps = <0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0>; | ||
1845 | } | ||
1846 | |||
1847 | j) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash | ||
1848 | 1287 | ||
1849 | Flash chips (Memory Technology Devices) are often used for solid state | 1288 | Flash chips (Memory Technology Devices) are often used for solid state |
1850 | file systems on embedded devices. | 1289 | file systems on embedded devices. |
@@ -1908,268 +1347,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. | |||
1908 | }; | 1347 | }; |
1909 | }; | 1348 | }; |
1910 | 1349 | ||
1911 | k) Global Utilities Block | 1350 | d) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes |
1912 | |||
1913 | The global utilities block controls power management, I/O device | ||
1914 | enabling, power-on-reset configuration monitoring, general-purpose | ||
1915 | I/O signal configuration, alternate function selection for multiplexed | ||
1916 | signals, and clock control. | ||
1917 | |||
1918 | Required properties: | ||
1919 | |||
1920 | - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for | ||
1921 | global-utilities. | ||
1922 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. | ||
1923 | |||
1924 | Recommended properties: | ||
1925 | |||
1926 | - fsl,has-rstcr : Indicates that the global utilities register set | ||
1927 | contains a functioning "reset control register" (i.e. the board | ||
1928 | is wired to reset upon setting the HRESET_REQ bit in this register). | ||
1929 | |||
1930 | Example: | ||
1931 | |||
1932 | global-utilities@e0000 { /* global utilities block */ | ||
1933 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8548-guts"; | ||
1934 | reg = <e0000 1000>; | ||
1935 | fsl,has-rstcr; | ||
1936 | }; | ||
1937 | |||
1938 | l) Freescale Communications Processor Module | ||
1939 | |||
1940 | NOTE: This is an interim binding, and will likely change slightly, | ||
1941 | as more devices are supported. The QE bindings especially are | ||
1942 | incomplete. | ||
1943 | |||
1944 | i) Root CPM node | ||
1945 | |||
1946 | Properties: | ||
1947 | - compatible : "fsl,cpm1", "fsl,cpm2", or "fsl,qe". | ||
1948 | - reg : A 48-byte region beginning with CPCR. | ||
1949 | |||
1950 | Example: | ||
1951 | cpm@119c0 { | ||
1952 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
1953 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
1954 | #interrupt-cells = <2>; | ||
1955 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-cpm", "fsl,cpm2"; | ||
1956 | reg = <119c0 30>; | ||
1957 | } | ||
1958 | |||
1959 | ii) Properties common to mulitple CPM/QE devices | ||
1960 | |||
1961 | - fsl,cpm-command : This value is ORed with the opcode and command flag | ||
1962 | to specify the device on which a CPM command operates. | ||
1963 | |||
1964 | - fsl,cpm-brg : Indicates which baud rate generator the device | ||
1965 | is associated with. If absent, an unused BRG | ||
1966 | should be dynamically allocated. If zero, the | ||
1967 | device uses an external clock rather than a BRG. | ||
1968 | |||
1969 | - reg : Unless otherwise specified, the first resource represents the | ||
1970 | scc/fcc/ucc registers, and the second represents the device's | ||
1971 | parameter RAM region (if it has one). | ||
1972 | |||
1973 | iii) Serial | ||
1974 | |||
1975 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
1976 | - fsl,cpm1-smc-uart | ||
1977 | - fsl,cpm2-smc-uart | ||
1978 | - fsl,cpm1-scc-uart | ||
1979 | - fsl,cpm2-scc-uart | ||
1980 | - fsl,qe-uart | ||
1981 | |||
1982 | Example: | ||
1983 | |||
1984 | serial@11a00 { | ||
1985 | device_type = "serial"; | ||
1986 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-scc-uart", | ||
1987 | "fsl,cpm2-scc-uart"; | ||
1988 | reg = <11a00 20 8000 100>; | ||
1989 | interrupts = <28 8>; | ||
1990 | interrupt-parent = <&PIC>; | ||
1991 | fsl,cpm-brg = <1>; | ||
1992 | fsl,cpm-command = <00800000>; | ||
1993 | }; | ||
1994 | |||
1995 | iii) Network | ||
1996 | |||
1997 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
1998 | - fsl,cpm1-scc-enet | ||
1999 | - fsl,cpm2-scc-enet | ||
2000 | - fsl,cpm1-fec-enet | ||
2001 | - fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet (third resource is GFEMR) | ||
2002 | - fsl,qe-enet | ||
2003 | |||
2004 | Example: | ||
2005 | |||
2006 | ethernet@11300 { | ||
2007 | device_type = "network"; | ||
2008 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-fcc-enet", | ||
2009 | "fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet"; | ||
2010 | reg = <11300 20 8400 100 11390 1>; | ||
2011 | local-mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ]; | ||
2012 | interrupts = <20 8>; | ||
2013 | interrupt-parent = <&PIC>; | ||
2014 | phy-handle = <&PHY0>; | ||
2015 | fsl,cpm-command = <12000300>; | ||
2016 | }; | ||
2017 | |||
2018 | iv) MDIO | ||
2019 | |||
2020 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
2021 | fsl,pq1-fec-mdio (reg is same as first resource of FEC device) | ||
2022 | fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang (reg is port C registers) | ||
2023 | |||
2024 | Properties for fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang: | ||
2025 | fsl,mdio-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio data | ||
2026 | fsl,mdc-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio clock | ||
2027 | |||
2028 | Example: | ||
2029 | |||
2030 | mdio@10d40 { | ||
2031 | device_type = "mdio"; | ||
2032 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-mdio-bitbang", | ||
2033 | "fsl,mpc8272-mdio-bitbang", | ||
2034 | "fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang"; | ||
2035 | reg = <10d40 14>; | ||
2036 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
2037 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
2038 | fsl,mdio-pin = <12>; | ||
2039 | fsl,mdc-pin = <13>; | ||
2040 | }; | ||
2041 | |||
2042 | v) Baud Rate Generators | ||
2043 | |||
2044 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
2045 | fsl,cpm-brg | ||
2046 | fsl,cpm1-brg | ||
2047 | fsl,cpm2-brg | ||
2048 | |||
2049 | Properties: | ||
2050 | - reg : There may be an arbitrary number of reg resources; BRG | ||
2051 | numbers are assigned to these in order. | ||
2052 | - clock-frequency : Specifies the base frequency driving | ||
2053 | the BRG. | ||
2054 | |||
2055 | Example: | ||
2056 | |||
2057 | brg@119f0 { | ||
2058 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-brg", | ||
2059 | "fsl,cpm2-brg", | ||
2060 | "fsl,cpm-brg"; | ||
2061 | reg = <119f0 10 115f0 10>; | ||
2062 | clock-frequency = <d#25000000>; | ||
2063 | }; | ||
2064 | |||
2065 | vi) Interrupt Controllers | ||
2066 | |||
2067 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
2068 | - fsl,cpm1-pic | ||
2069 | - only one interrupt cell | ||
2070 | - fsl,pq1-pic | ||
2071 | - fsl,cpm2-pic | ||
2072 | - second interrupt cell is level/sense: | ||
2073 | - 2 is falling edge | ||
2074 | - 8 is active low | ||
2075 | |||
2076 | Example: | ||
2077 | |||
2078 | interrupt-controller@10c00 { | ||
2079 | #interrupt-cells = <2>; | ||
2080 | interrupt-controller; | ||
2081 | reg = <10c00 80>; | ||
2082 | compatible = "mpc8272-pic", "fsl,cpm2-pic"; | ||
2083 | }; | ||
2084 | |||
2085 | vii) USB (Universal Serial Bus Controller) | ||
2086 | |||
2087 | Properties: | ||
2088 | - compatible : "fsl,cpm1-usb", "fsl,cpm2-usb", "fsl,qe-usb" | ||
2089 | |||
2090 | Example: | ||
2091 | usb@11bc0 { | ||
2092 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
2093 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
2094 | compatible = "fsl,cpm2-usb"; | ||
2095 | reg = <11b60 18 8b00 100>; | ||
2096 | interrupts = <b 8>; | ||
2097 | interrupt-parent = <&PIC>; | ||
2098 | fsl,cpm-command = <2e600000>; | ||
2099 | }; | ||
2100 | |||
2101 | viii) Multi-User RAM (MURAM) | ||
2102 | |||
2103 | The multi-user/dual-ported RAM is expressed as a bus under the CPM node. | ||
2104 | |||
2105 | Ranges must be set up subject to the following restrictions: | ||
2106 | |||
2107 | - Children's reg nodes must be offsets from the start of all muram, even | ||
2108 | if the user-data area does not begin at zero. | ||
2109 | - If multiple range entries are used, the difference between the parent | ||
2110 | address and the child address must be the same in all, so that a single | ||
2111 | mapping can cover them all while maintaining the ability to determine | ||
2112 | CPM-side offsets with pointer subtraction. It is recommended that | ||
2113 | multiple range entries not be used. | ||
2114 | - A child address of zero must be translatable, even if no reg resources | ||
2115 | contain it. | ||
2116 | |||
2117 | A child "data" node must exist, compatible with "fsl,cpm-muram-data", to | ||
2118 | indicate the portion of muram that is usable by the OS for arbitrary | ||
2119 | purposes. The data node may have an arbitrary number of reg resources, | ||
2120 | all of which contribute to the allocatable muram pool. | ||
2121 | |||
2122 | Example, based on mpc8272: | ||
2123 | |||
2124 | muram@0 { | ||
2125 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
2126 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
2127 | ranges = <0 0 10000>; | ||
2128 | |||
2129 | data@0 { | ||
2130 | compatible = "fsl,cpm-muram-data"; | ||
2131 | reg = <0 2000 9800 800>; | ||
2132 | }; | ||
2133 | }; | ||
2134 | |||
2135 | m) Chipselect/Local Bus | ||
2136 | |||
2137 | Properties: | ||
2138 | - name : Should be localbus | ||
2139 | - #address-cells : Should be either two or three. The first cell is the | ||
2140 | chipselect number, and the remaining cells are the | ||
2141 | offset into the chipselect. | ||
2142 | - #size-cells : Either one or two, depending on how large each chipselect | ||
2143 | can be. | ||
2144 | - ranges : Each range corresponds to a single chipselect, and cover | ||
2145 | the entire access window as configured. | ||
2146 | |||
2147 | Example: | ||
2148 | localbus@f0010100 { | ||
2149 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-localbus", | ||
2150 | "fsl,pq2-localbus"; | ||
2151 | #address-cells = <2>; | ||
2152 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
2153 | reg = <f0010100 40>; | ||
2154 | |||
2155 | ranges = <0 0 fe000000 02000000 | ||
2156 | 1 0 f4500000 00008000>; | ||
2157 | |||
2158 | flash@0,0 { | ||
2159 | compatible = "jedec-flash"; | ||
2160 | reg = <0 0 2000000>; | ||
2161 | bank-width = <4>; | ||
2162 | device-width = <1>; | ||
2163 | }; | ||
2164 | |||
2165 | board-control@1,0 { | ||
2166 | reg = <1 0 20>; | ||
2167 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-bcsr"; | ||
2168 | }; | ||
2169 | }; | ||
2170 | |||
2171 | |||
2172 | n) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes | ||
2173 | 1351 | ||
2174 | The EMAC ethernet controller in IBM and AMCC 4xx chips, and also | 1352 | The EMAC ethernet controller in IBM and AMCC 4xx chips, and also |
2175 | the Axon bridge. To operate this needs to interact with a ths | 1353 | the Axon bridge. To operate this needs to interact with a ths |
@@ -2317,7 +1495,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. | |||
2317 | available. | 1495 | available. |
2318 | For Axon: 0x0000012a | 1496 | For Axon: 0x0000012a |
2319 | 1497 | ||
2320 | o) Xilinx IP cores | 1498 | e) Xilinx IP cores |
2321 | 1499 | ||
2322 | The Xilinx EDK toolchain ships with a set of IP cores (devices) for use | 1500 | The Xilinx EDK toolchain ships with a set of IP cores (devices) for use |
2323 | in Xilinx Spartan and Virtex FPGAs. The devices cover the whole range | 1501 | in Xilinx Spartan and Virtex FPGAs. The devices cover the whole range |
@@ -2611,206 +1789,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. | |||
2611 | - reg-offset : A value of 3 is required | 1789 | - reg-offset : A value of 3 is required |
2612 | - reg-shift : A value of 2 is required | 1790 | - reg-shift : A value of 2 is required |
2613 | 1791 | ||
2614 | 1792 | f) USB EHCI controllers | |
2615 | p) Freescale Synchronous Serial Interface | ||
2616 | |||
2617 | The SSI is a serial device that communicates with audio codecs. It can | ||
2618 | be programmed in AC97, I2S, left-justified, or right-justified modes. | ||
2619 | |||
2620 | Required properties: | ||
2621 | - compatible : compatible list, containing "fsl,ssi" | ||
2622 | - cell-index : the SSI, <0> = SSI1, <1> = SSI2, and so on | ||
2623 | - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
2624 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
2625 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and | ||
2626 | level information for the interrupt. This should be | ||
2627 | encoded based on the information in section 2) | ||
2628 | depending on the type of interrupt controller you | ||
2629 | have. | ||
2630 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
2631 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
2632 | - fsl,mode : the operating mode for the SSI interface | ||
2633 | "i2s-slave" - I2S mode, SSI is clock slave | ||
2634 | "i2s-master" - I2S mode, SSI is clock master | ||
2635 | "lj-slave" - left-justified mode, SSI is clock slave | ||
2636 | "lj-master" - l.j. mode, SSI is clock master | ||
2637 | "rj-slave" - right-justified mode, SSI is clock slave | ||
2638 | "rj-master" - r.j., SSI is clock master | ||
2639 | "ac97-slave" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock slave | ||
2640 | "ac97-master" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock master | ||
2641 | |||
2642 | Optional properties: | ||
2643 | - codec-handle : phandle to a 'codec' node that defines an audio | ||
2644 | codec connected to this SSI. This node is typically | ||
2645 | a child of an I2C or other control node. | ||
2646 | |||
2647 | Child 'codec' node required properties: | ||
2648 | - compatible : compatible list, contains the name of the codec | ||
2649 | |||
2650 | Child 'codec' node optional properties: | ||
2651 | - clock-frequency : The frequency of the input clock, which typically | ||
2652 | comes from an on-board dedicated oscillator. | ||
2653 | |||
2654 | * Freescale 83xx DMA Controller | ||
2655 | |||
2656 | Freescale PowerPC 83xx have on chip general purpose DMA controllers. | ||
2657 | |||
2658 | Required properties: | ||
2659 | |||
2660 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
2661 | "fsl,CHIP-dma", where CHIP is the processor | ||
2662 | (mpc8349, mpc8360, etc.) and the second is | ||
2663 | "fsl,elo-dma" | ||
2664 | - reg : <registers mapping for DMA general status reg> | ||
2665 | - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the | ||
2666 | DMA controller channels. | ||
2667 | - cell-index : controller index. 0 for controller @ 0x8100 | ||
2668 | - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for DMA IRQ> | ||
2669 | - interrupt-parent : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping | ||
2670 | |||
2671 | |||
2672 | - DMA channel nodes: | ||
2673 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
2674 | "fsl,CHIP-dma-channel", where CHIP is the processor | ||
2675 | (mpc8349, mpc8350, etc.) and the second is | ||
2676 | "fsl,elo-dma-channel" | ||
2677 | - reg : <registers mapping for channel> | ||
2678 | - cell-index : dma channel index starts at 0. | ||
2679 | |||
2680 | Optional properties: | ||
2681 | - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for DMA channel IRQ> | ||
2682 | (on 83xx this is expected to be identical to | ||
2683 | the interrupts property of the parent node) | ||
2684 | - interrupt-parent : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping | ||
2685 | |||
2686 | Example: | ||
2687 | dma@82a8 { | ||
2688 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
2689 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
2690 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma", "fsl,elo-dma"; | ||
2691 | reg = <82a8 4>; | ||
2692 | ranges = <0 8100 1a4>; | ||
2693 | interrupt-parent = <&ipic>; | ||
2694 | interrupts = <47 8>; | ||
2695 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
2696 | dma-channel@0 { | ||
2697 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel"; | ||
2698 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
2699 | reg = <0 80>; | ||
2700 | }; | ||
2701 | dma-channel@80 { | ||
2702 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel"; | ||
2703 | cell-index = <1>; | ||
2704 | reg = <80 80>; | ||
2705 | }; | ||
2706 | dma-channel@100 { | ||
2707 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel"; | ||
2708 | cell-index = <2>; | ||
2709 | reg = <100 80>; | ||
2710 | }; | ||
2711 | dma-channel@180 { | ||
2712 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel"; | ||
2713 | cell-index = <3>; | ||
2714 | reg = <180 80>; | ||
2715 | }; | ||
2716 | }; | ||
2717 | |||
2718 | * Freescale 85xx/86xx DMA Controller | ||
2719 | |||
2720 | Freescale PowerPC 85xx/86xx have on chip general purpose DMA controllers. | ||
2721 | |||
2722 | Required properties: | ||
2723 | |||
2724 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
2725 | "fsl,CHIP-dma", where CHIP is the processor | ||
2726 | (mpc8540, mpc8540, etc.) and the second is | ||
2727 | "fsl,eloplus-dma" | ||
2728 | - reg : <registers mapping for DMA general status reg> | ||
2729 | - cell-index : controller index. 0 for controller @ 0x21000, | ||
2730 | 1 for controller @ 0xc000 | ||
2731 | - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the | ||
2732 | DMA controller channels. | ||
2733 | |||
2734 | - DMA channel nodes: | ||
2735 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
2736 | "fsl,CHIP-dma-channel", where CHIP is the processor | ||
2737 | (mpc8540, mpc8560, etc.) and the second is | ||
2738 | "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel" | ||
2739 | - cell-index : dma channel index starts at 0. | ||
2740 | - reg : <registers mapping for channel> | ||
2741 | - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for DMA channel IRQ> | ||
2742 | - interrupt-parent : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping | ||
2743 | |||
2744 | Example: | ||
2745 | dma@21300 { | ||
2746 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
2747 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
2748 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma", "fsl,eloplus-dma"; | ||
2749 | reg = <21300 4>; | ||
2750 | ranges = <0 21100 200>; | ||
2751 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
2752 | dma-channel@0 { | ||
2753 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"; | ||
2754 | reg = <0 80>; | ||
2755 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
2756 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
2757 | interrupts = <14 2>; | ||
2758 | }; | ||
2759 | dma-channel@80 { | ||
2760 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"; | ||
2761 | reg = <80 80>; | ||
2762 | cell-index = <1>; | ||
2763 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
2764 | interrupts = <15 2>; | ||
2765 | }; | ||
2766 | dma-channel@100 { | ||
2767 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"; | ||
2768 | reg = <100 80>; | ||
2769 | cell-index = <2>; | ||
2770 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
2771 | interrupts = <16 2>; | ||
2772 | }; | ||
2773 | dma-channel@180 { | ||
2774 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"; | ||
2775 | reg = <180 80>; | ||
2776 | cell-index = <3>; | ||
2777 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
2778 | interrupts = <17 2>; | ||
2779 | }; | ||
2780 | }; | ||
2781 | |||
2782 | * Freescale 8xxx/3.0 Gb/s SATA nodes | ||
2783 | |||
2784 | SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers. | ||
2785 | Each SATA port should have its own node. | ||
2786 | |||
2787 | Required properties: | ||
2788 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
2789 | "fsl,CHIP-sata", where CHIP is the processor | ||
2790 | (mpc8315, mpc8379, etc.) and the second is | ||
2791 | "fsl,pq-sata" | ||
2792 | - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ> | ||
2793 | - cell-index : controller index. | ||
2794 | 1 for controller @ 0x18000 | ||
2795 | 2 for controller @ 0x19000 | ||
2796 | 3 for controller @ 0x1a000 | ||
2797 | 4 for controller @ 0x1b000 | ||
2798 | |||
2799 | Optional properties: | ||
2800 | - interrupt-parent : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping | ||
2801 | - reg : <registers mapping> | ||
2802 | |||
2803 | Example: | ||
2804 | |||
2805 | sata@18000 { | ||
2806 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8379-sata", "fsl,pq-sata"; | ||
2807 | reg = <0x18000 0x1000>; | ||
2808 | cell-index = <1>; | ||
2809 | interrupts = <2c 8>; | ||
2810 | interrupt-parent = < &ipic >; | ||
2811 | }; | ||
2812 | |||
2813 | q) USB EHCI controllers | ||
2814 | 1793 | ||
2815 | Required properties: | 1794 | Required properties: |
2816 | - compatible : should be "usb-ehci". | 1795 | - compatible : should be "usb-ehci". |
@@ -2836,40 +1815,6 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. | |||
2836 | big-endian; | 1815 | big-endian; |
2837 | }; | 1816 | }; |
2838 | 1817 | ||
2839 | r) Freescale Display Interface Unit | ||
2840 | |||
2841 | The Freescale DIU is a LCD controller, with proper hardware, it can also | ||
2842 | drive DVI monitors. | ||
2843 | |||
2844 | Required properties: | ||
2845 | - compatible : should be "fsl-diu". | ||
2846 | - reg : should contain at least address and length of the DIU register | ||
2847 | set. | ||
2848 | - Interrupts : one DIU interrupt should be describe here. | ||
2849 | |||
2850 | Example (MPC8610HPCD) | ||
2851 | display@2c000 { | ||
2852 | compatible = "fsl,diu"; | ||
2853 | reg = <0x2c000 100>; | ||
2854 | interrupts = <72 2>; | ||
2855 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
2856 | }; | ||
2857 | |||
2858 | s) Freescale on board FPGA | ||
2859 | |||
2860 | This is the memory-mapped registers for on board FPGA. | ||
2861 | |||
2862 | Required properities: | ||
2863 | - compatible : should be "fsl,fpga-pixis". | ||
2864 | - reg : should contain the address and the lenght of the FPPGA register | ||
2865 | set. | ||
2866 | |||
2867 | Example (MPC8610HPCD) | ||
2868 | board-control@e8000000 { | ||
2869 | compatible = "fsl,fpga-pixis"; | ||
2870 | reg = <0xe8000000 32>; | ||
2871 | }; | ||
2872 | |||
2873 | VII - Marvell Discovery mv64[345]6x System Controller chips | 1818 | VII - Marvell Discovery mv64[345]6x System Controller chips |
2874 | =========================================================== | 1819 | =========================================================== |
2875 | 1820 | ||
@@ -3622,14 +2567,11 @@ not necessary as they are usually the same as the root node. | |||
3622 | 2567 | ||
3623 | pic@40000 { | 2568 | pic@40000 { |
3624 | linux,phandle = <40000>; | 2569 | linux,phandle = <40000>; |
3625 | clock-frequency = <0>; | ||
3626 | interrupt-controller; | 2570 | interrupt-controller; |
3627 | #address-cells = <0>; | 2571 | #address-cells = <0>; |
3628 | reg = <40000 40000>; | 2572 | reg = <40000 40000>; |
3629 | built-in; | ||
3630 | compatible = "chrp,open-pic"; | 2573 | compatible = "chrp,open-pic"; |
3631 | device_type = "open-pic"; | 2574 | device_type = "open-pic"; |
3632 | big-endian; | ||
3633 | }; | 2575 | }; |
3634 | 2576 | ||
3635 | i2c@3000 { | 2577 | i2c@3000 { |
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d60fced5e1cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ | |||
1 | The PowerPC boot wrapper | ||
2 | ------------------------ | ||
3 | Copyright (C) Secret Lab Technologies Ltd. | ||
4 | |||
5 | PowerPC image targets compresses and wraps the kernel image (vmlinux) with | ||
6 | a boot wrapper to make it usable by the system firmware. There is no | ||
7 | standard PowerPC firmware interface, so the boot wrapper is designed to | ||
8 | be adaptable for each kind of image that needs to be built. | ||
9 | |||
10 | The boot wrapper can be found in the arch/powerpc/boot/ directory. The | ||
11 | Makefile in that directory has targets for all the available image types. | ||
12 | The different image types are used to support all of the various firmware | ||
13 | interfaces found on PowerPC platforms. OpenFirmware is the most commonly | ||
14 | used firmware type on general purpose PowerPC systems from Apple, IBM and | ||
15 | others. U-Boot is typically found on embedded PowerPC hardware, but there | ||
16 | are a handful of other firmware implementations which are also popular. Each | ||
17 | firmware interface requires a different image format. | ||
18 | |||
19 | The boot wrapper is built from the makefile in arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile and | ||
20 | it uses the wrapper script (arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) to generate target | ||
21 | image. The details of the build system is discussed in the next section. | ||
22 | Currently, the following image format targets exist: | ||
23 | |||
24 | cuImage.%: Backwards compatible uImage for older version of | ||
25 | U-Boot (for versions that don't understand the device | ||
26 | tree). This image embeds a device tree blob inside | ||
27 | the image. The boot wrapper, kernel and device tree | ||
28 | are all embedded inside the U-Boot uImage file format | ||
29 | with boot wrapper code that extracts data from the old | ||
30 | bd_info structure and loads the data into the device | ||
31 | tree before jumping into the kernel. | ||
32 | Because of the series of #ifdefs found in the | ||
33 | bd_info structure used in the old U-Boot interfaces, | ||
34 | cuImages are platform specific. Each specific | ||
35 | U-Boot platform has a different platform init file | ||
36 | which populates the embedded device tree with data | ||
37 | from the platform specific bd_info file. The platform | ||
38 | specific cuImage platform init code can be found in | ||
39 | arch/powerpc/boot/cuboot.*.c. Selection of the correct | ||
40 | cuImage init code for a specific board can be found in | ||
41 | the wrapper structure. | ||
42 | dtbImage.%: Similar to zImage, except device tree blob is embedded | ||
43 | inside the image instead of provided by firmware. The | ||
44 | output image file can be either an elf file or a flat | ||
45 | binary depending on the platform. | ||
46 | dtbImages are used on systems which do not have an | ||
47 | interface for passing a device tree directly. | ||
48 | dtbImages are similar to simpleImages except that | ||
49 | dtbImages have platform specific code for extracting | ||
50 | data from the board firmware, but simpleImages do not | ||
51 | talk to the firmware at all. | ||
52 | PlayStation 3 support uses dtbImage. So do Embedded | ||
53 | Planet boards using the PlanetCore firmware. Board | ||
54 | specific initialization code is typically found in a | ||
55 | file named arch/powerpc/boot/<platform>.c; but this | ||
56 | can be overridden by the wrapper script. | ||
57 | simpleImage.%: Firmware independent compressed image that does not | ||
58 | depend on any particular firmware interface and embeds | ||
59 | a device tree blob. This image is a flat binary that | ||
60 | can be loaded to any location in RAM and jumped to. | ||
61 | Firmware cannot pass any configuration data to the | ||
62 | kernel with this image type and it depends entirely on | ||
63 | the embedded device tree for all information. | ||
64 | The simpleImage is useful for booting systems with | ||
65 | an unknown firmware interface or for booting from | ||
66 | a debugger when no firmware is present (such as on | ||
67 | the Xilinx Virtex platform). The only assumption that | ||
68 | simpleImage makes is that RAM is correctly initialized | ||
69 | and that the MMU is either off or has RAM mapped to | ||
70 | base address 0. | ||
71 | simpleImage also supports inserting special platform | ||
72 | specific initialization code to the start of the bootup | ||
73 | sequence. The virtex405 platform uses this feature to | ||
74 | ensure that the cache is invalidated before caching | ||
75 | is enabled. Platform specific initialization code is | ||
76 | added as part of the wrapper script and is keyed on | ||
77 | the image target name. For example, all | ||
78 | simpleImage.virtex405-* targets will add the | ||
79 | virtex405-head.S initialization code (This also means | ||
80 | that the dts file for virtex405 targets should be | ||
81 | named (virtex405-<board>.dts). Search the wrapper | ||
82 | script for 'virtex405' and see the file | ||
83 | arch/powerpc/boot/virtex405-head.S for details. | ||
84 | treeImage.%; Image format for used with OpenBIOS firmware found | ||
85 | on some ppc4xx hardware. This image embeds a device | ||
86 | tree blob inside the image. | ||
87 | uImage: Native image format used by U-Boot. The uImage target | ||
88 | does not add any boot code. It just wraps a compressed | ||
89 | vmlinux in the uImage data structure. This image | ||
90 | requires a version of U-Boot that is able to pass | ||
91 | a device tree to the kernel at boot. If using an older | ||
92 | version of U-Boot, then you need to use a cuImage | ||
93 | instead. | ||
94 | zImage.%: Image format which does not embed a device tree. | ||
95 | Used by OpenFirmware and other firmware interfaces | ||
96 | which are able to supply a device tree. This image | ||
97 | expects firmware to provide the device tree at boot. | ||
98 | Typically, if you have general purpose PowerPC | ||
99 | hardware then you want this image format. | ||
100 | |||
101 | Image types which embed a device tree blob (simpleImage, dtbImage, treeImage, | ||
102 | and cuImage) all generate the device tree blob from a file in the | ||
103 | arch/powerpc/boot/dts/ directory. The Makefile selects the correct device | ||
104 | tree source based on the name of the target. Therefore, if the kernel is | ||
105 | built with 'make treeImage.walnut simpleImage.virtex405-ml403', then the | ||
106 | build system will use arch/powerpc/boot/dts/walnut.dts to build | ||
107 | treeImage.walnut and arch/powerpc/boot/dts/virtex405-ml403.dts to build | ||
108 | the simpleImage.virtex405-ml403. | ||
109 | |||
110 | Two special targets called 'zImage' and 'zImage.initrd' also exist. These | ||
111 | targets build all the default images as selected by the kernel configuration. | ||
112 | Default images are selected by the boot wrapper Makefile | ||
113 | (arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile) by adding targets to the $image-y variable. Look | ||
114 | at the Makefile to see which default image targets are available. | ||
115 | |||
116 | How it is built | ||
117 | --------------- | ||
118 | arch/powerpc is designed to support multiplatform kernels, which means | ||
119 | that a single vmlinux image can be booted on many different target boards. | ||
120 | It also means that the boot wrapper must be able to wrap for many kinds of | ||
121 | images on a single build. The design decision was made to not use any | ||
122 | conditional compilation code (#ifdef, etc) in the boot wrapper source code. | ||
123 | All of the boot wrapper pieces are buildable at any time regardless of the | ||
124 | kernel configuration. Building all the wrapper bits on every kernel build | ||
125 | also ensures that obscure parts of the wrapper are at the very least compile | ||
126 | tested in a large variety of environments. | ||
127 | |||
128 | The wrapper is adapted for different image types at link time by linking in | ||
129 | just the wrapper bits that are appropriate for the image type. The 'wrapper | ||
130 | script' (found in arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) is called by the Makefile and | ||
131 | is responsible for selecting the correct wrapper bits for the image type. | ||
132 | The arguments are well documented in the script's comment block, so they | ||
133 | are not repeated here. However, it is worth mentioning that the script | ||
134 | uses the -p (platform) argument as the main method of deciding which wrapper | ||
135 | bits to compile in. Look for the large 'case "$platform" in' block in the | ||
136 | middle of the script. This is also the place where platform specific fixups | ||
137 | can be selected by changing the link order. | ||
138 | |||
139 | In particular, care should be taken when working with cuImages. cuImage | ||
140 | wrapper bits are very board specific and care should be taken to make sure | ||
141 | the target you are trying to build is supported by the wrapper bits. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..74ae6f1cd2d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ | |||
1 | * Board Control and Status (BCSR) | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | |||
5 | - device_type : Should be "board-control" | ||
6 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
7 | |||
8 | Example: | ||
9 | |||
10 | bcsr@f8000000 { | ||
11 | device_type = "board-control"; | ||
12 | reg = <f8000000 8000>; | ||
13 | }; | ||
14 | |||
15 | * Freescale on board FPGA | ||
16 | |||
17 | This is the memory-mapped registers for on board FPGA. | ||
18 | |||
19 | Required properities: | ||
20 | - compatible : should be "fsl,fpga-pixis". | ||
21 | - reg : should contain the address and the lenght of the FPPGA register | ||
22 | set. | ||
23 | |||
24 | Example (MPC8610HPCD): | ||
25 | |||
26 | board-control@e8000000 { | ||
27 | compatible = "fsl,fpga-pixis"; | ||
28 | reg = <0xe8000000 32>; | ||
29 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..088fc471e03a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ | |||
1 | * Freescale Communications Processor Module | ||
2 | |||
3 | NOTE: This is an interim binding, and will likely change slightly, | ||
4 | as more devices are supported. The QE bindings especially are | ||
5 | incomplete. | ||
6 | |||
7 | * Root CPM node | ||
8 | |||
9 | Properties: | ||
10 | - compatible : "fsl,cpm1", "fsl,cpm2", or "fsl,qe". | ||
11 | - reg : A 48-byte region beginning with CPCR. | ||
12 | |||
13 | Example: | ||
14 | cpm@119c0 { | ||
15 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
16 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
17 | #interrupt-cells = <2>; | ||
18 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-cpm", "fsl,cpm2"; | ||
19 | reg = <119c0 30>; | ||
20 | } | ||
21 | |||
22 | * Properties common to mulitple CPM/QE devices | ||
23 | |||
24 | - fsl,cpm-command : This value is ORed with the opcode and command flag | ||
25 | to specify the device on which a CPM command operates. | ||
26 | |||
27 | - fsl,cpm-brg : Indicates which baud rate generator the device | ||
28 | is associated with. If absent, an unused BRG | ||
29 | should be dynamically allocated. If zero, the | ||
30 | device uses an external clock rather than a BRG. | ||
31 | |||
32 | - reg : Unless otherwise specified, the first resource represents the | ||
33 | scc/fcc/ucc registers, and the second represents the device's | ||
34 | parameter RAM region (if it has one). | ||
35 | |||
36 | * Multi-User RAM (MURAM) | ||
37 | |||
38 | The multi-user/dual-ported RAM is expressed as a bus under the CPM node. | ||
39 | |||
40 | Ranges must be set up subject to the following restrictions: | ||
41 | |||
42 | - Children's reg nodes must be offsets from the start of all muram, even | ||
43 | if the user-data area does not begin at zero. | ||
44 | - If multiple range entries are used, the difference between the parent | ||
45 | address and the child address must be the same in all, so that a single | ||
46 | mapping can cover them all while maintaining the ability to determine | ||
47 | CPM-side offsets with pointer subtraction. It is recommended that | ||
48 | multiple range entries not be used. | ||
49 | - A child address of zero must be translatable, even if no reg resources | ||
50 | contain it. | ||
51 | |||
52 | A child "data" node must exist, compatible with "fsl,cpm-muram-data", to | ||
53 | indicate the portion of muram that is usable by the OS for arbitrary | ||
54 | purposes. The data node may have an arbitrary number of reg resources, | ||
55 | all of which contribute to the allocatable muram pool. | ||
56 | |||
57 | Example, based on mpc8272: | ||
58 | muram@0 { | ||
59 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
60 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
61 | ranges = <0 0 10000>; | ||
62 | |||
63 | data@0 { | ||
64 | compatible = "fsl,cpm-muram-data"; | ||
65 | reg = <0 2000 9800 800>; | ||
66 | }; | ||
67 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4c7d45eaf025 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ | |||
1 | * Baud Rate Generators | ||
2 | |||
3 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
4 | fsl,cpm-brg | ||
5 | fsl,cpm1-brg | ||
6 | fsl,cpm2-brg | ||
7 | |||
8 | Properties: | ||
9 | - reg : There may be an arbitrary number of reg resources; BRG | ||
10 | numbers are assigned to these in order. | ||
11 | - clock-frequency : Specifies the base frequency driving | ||
12 | the BRG. | ||
13 | |||
14 | Example: | ||
15 | brg@119f0 { | ||
16 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-brg", | ||
17 | "fsl,cpm2-brg", | ||
18 | "fsl,cpm-brg"; | ||
19 | reg = <119f0 10 115f0 10>; | ||
20 | clock-frequency = <d#25000000>; | ||
21 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..87bc6048667e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ | |||
1 | * I2C | ||
2 | |||
3 | The I2C controller is expressed as a bus under the CPM node. | ||
4 | |||
5 | Properties: | ||
6 | - compatible : "fsl,cpm1-i2c", "fsl,cpm2-i2c" | ||
7 | - reg : On CPM2 devices, the second resource doesn't specify the I2C | ||
8 | Parameter RAM itself, but the I2C_BASE field of the CPM2 Parameter RAM | ||
9 | (typically 0x8afc 0x2). | ||
10 | - #address-cells : Should be one. The cell is the i2c device address with | ||
11 | the r/w bit set to zero. | ||
12 | - #size-cells : Should be zero. | ||
13 | - clock-frequency : Can be used to set the i2c clock frequency. If | ||
14 | unspecified, a default frequency of 60kHz is being used. | ||
15 | The following two properties are deprecated. They are only used by legacy | ||
16 | i2c drivers to find the bus to probe: | ||
17 | - linux,i2c-index : Can be used to hard code an i2c bus number. By default, | ||
18 | the bus number is dynamically assigned by the i2c core. | ||
19 | - linux,i2c-class : Can be used to override the i2c class. The class is used | ||
20 | by legacy i2c device drivers to find a bus in a specific context like | ||
21 | system management, video or sound. By default, I2C_CLASS_HWMON (1) is | ||
22 | being used. The definition of the classes can be found in | ||
23 | include/i2c/i2c.h | ||
24 | |||
25 | Example, based on mpc823: | ||
26 | |||
27 | i2c@860 { | ||
28 | compatible = "fsl,mpc823-i2c", | ||
29 | "fsl,cpm1-i2c"; | ||
30 | reg = <0x860 0x20 0x3c80 0x30>; | ||
31 | interrupts = <16>; | ||
32 | interrupt-parent = <&CPM_PIC>; | ||
33 | fsl,cpm-command = <0x10>; | ||
34 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
35 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
36 | |||
37 | rtc@68 { | ||
38 | compatible = "dallas,ds1307"; | ||
39 | reg = <0x68>; | ||
40 | }; | ||
41 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8e3ee1681618 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ | |||
1 | * Interrupt Controllers | ||
2 | |||
3 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
4 | - fsl,cpm1-pic | ||
5 | - only one interrupt cell | ||
6 | - fsl,pq1-pic | ||
7 | - fsl,cpm2-pic | ||
8 | - second interrupt cell is level/sense: | ||
9 | - 2 is falling edge | ||
10 | - 8 is active low | ||
11 | |||
12 | Example: | ||
13 | interrupt-controller@10c00 { | ||
14 | #interrupt-cells = <2>; | ||
15 | interrupt-controller; | ||
16 | reg = <10c00 80>; | ||
17 | compatible = "mpc8272-pic", "fsl,cpm2-pic"; | ||
18 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..74bfda4bb824 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ | |||
1 | * USB (Universal Serial Bus Controller) | ||
2 | |||
3 | Properties: | ||
4 | - compatible : "fsl,cpm1-usb", "fsl,cpm2-usb", "fsl,qe-usb" | ||
5 | |||
6 | Example: | ||
7 | usb@11bc0 { | ||
8 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
9 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
10 | compatible = "fsl,cpm2-usb"; | ||
11 | reg = <11b60 18 8b00 100>; | ||
12 | interrupts = <b 8>; | ||
13 | interrupt-parent = <&PIC>; | ||
14 | fsl,cpm-command = <2e600000>; | ||
15 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0e4269446580 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ | |||
1 | * Network | ||
2 | |||
3 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
4 | - fsl,cpm1-scc-enet | ||
5 | - fsl,cpm2-scc-enet | ||
6 | - fsl,cpm1-fec-enet | ||
7 | - fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet (third resource is GFEMR) | ||
8 | - fsl,qe-enet | ||
9 | |||
10 | Example: | ||
11 | |||
12 | ethernet@11300 { | ||
13 | device_type = "network"; | ||
14 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-fcc-enet", | ||
15 | "fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet"; | ||
16 | reg = <11300 20 8400 100 11390 1>; | ||
17 | local-mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ]; | ||
18 | interrupts = <20 8>; | ||
19 | interrupt-parent = <&PIC>; | ||
20 | phy-handle = <&PHY0>; | ||
21 | fsl,cpm-command = <12000300>; | ||
22 | }; | ||
23 | |||
24 | * MDIO | ||
25 | |||
26 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
27 | fsl,pq1-fec-mdio (reg is same as first resource of FEC device) | ||
28 | fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang (reg is port C registers) | ||
29 | |||
30 | Properties for fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang: | ||
31 | fsl,mdio-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio data | ||
32 | fsl,mdc-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio clock | ||
33 | |||
34 | Example: | ||
35 | mdio@10d40 { | ||
36 | device_type = "mdio"; | ||
37 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-mdio-bitbang", | ||
38 | "fsl,mpc8272-mdio-bitbang", | ||
39 | "fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang"; | ||
40 | reg = <10d40 14>; | ||
41 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
42 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
43 | fsl,mdio-pin = <12>; | ||
44 | fsl,mdc-pin = <13>; | ||
45 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..78790d58dc2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ | |||
1 | * Freescale QUICC Engine module (QE) | ||
2 | This represents qe module that is installed on PowerQUICC II Pro. | ||
3 | |||
4 | NOTE: This is an interim binding; it should be updated to fit | ||
5 | in with the CPM binding later in this document. | ||
6 | |||
7 | Basically, it is a bus of devices, that could act more or less | ||
8 | as a complete entity (UCC, USB etc ). All of them should be siblings on | ||
9 | the "root" qe node, using the common properties from there. | ||
10 | The description below applies to the qe of MPC8360 and | ||
11 | more nodes and properties would be extended in the future. | ||
12 | |||
13 | i) Root QE device | ||
14 | |||
15 | Required properties: | ||
16 | - compatible : should be "fsl,qe"; | ||
17 | - model : precise model of the QE, Can be "QE", "CPM", or "CPM2" | ||
18 | - reg : offset and length of the device registers. | ||
19 | - bus-frequency : the clock frequency for QUICC Engine. | ||
20 | |||
21 | Recommended properties | ||
22 | - brg-frequency : the internal clock source frequency for baud-rate | ||
23 | generators in Hz. | ||
24 | |||
25 | Example: | ||
26 | qe@e0100000 { | ||
27 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
28 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
29 | #interrupt-cells = <2>; | ||
30 | compatible = "fsl,qe"; | ||
31 | ranges = <0 e0100000 00100000>; | ||
32 | reg = <e0100000 480>; | ||
33 | brg-frequency = <0>; | ||
34 | bus-frequency = <179A7B00>; | ||
35 | } | ||
36 | |||
37 | * Multi-User RAM (MURAM) | ||
38 | |||
39 | Required properties: | ||
40 | - compatible : should be "fsl,qe-muram", "fsl,cpm-muram". | ||
41 | - mode : the could be "host" or "slave". | ||
42 | - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the | ||
43 | translation of MURAM addresses. | ||
44 | - data-only : sub-node which defines the address area under MURAM | ||
45 | bus that can be allocated as data/parameter | ||
46 | |||
47 | Example: | ||
48 | |||
49 | muram@10000 { | ||
50 | compatible = "fsl,qe-muram", "fsl,cpm-muram"; | ||
51 | ranges = <0 00010000 0000c000>; | ||
52 | |||
53 | data-only@0{ | ||
54 | compatible = "fsl,qe-muram-data", | ||
55 | "fsl,cpm-muram-data"; | ||
56 | reg = <0 c000>; | ||
57 | }; | ||
58 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6c238f59b2a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ | |||
1 | * Uploaded QE firmware | ||
2 | |||
3 | If a new firwmare has been uploaded to the QE (usually by the | ||
4 | boot loader), then a 'firmware' child node should be added to the QE | ||
5 | node. This node provides information on the uploaded firmware that | ||
6 | device drivers may need. | ||
7 | |||
8 | Required properties: | ||
9 | - id: The string name of the firmware. This is taken from the 'id' | ||
10 | member of the qe_firmware structure of the uploaded firmware. | ||
11 | Device drivers can search this string to determine if the | ||
12 | firmware they want is already present. | ||
13 | - extended-modes: The Extended Modes bitfield, taken from the | ||
14 | firmware binary. It is a 64-bit number represented | ||
15 | as an array of two 32-bit numbers. | ||
16 | - virtual-traps: The virtual traps, taken from the firmware binary. | ||
17 | It is an array of 8 32-bit numbers. | ||
18 | |||
19 | Example: | ||
20 | firmware { | ||
21 | id = "Soft-UART"; | ||
22 | extended-modes = <0 0>; | ||
23 | virtual-traps = <0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0>; | ||
24 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..60984260207b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ | |||
1 | * Parallel I/O Ports | ||
2 | |||
3 | This node configures Parallel I/O ports for CPUs with QE support. | ||
4 | The node should reside in the "soc" node of the tree. For each | ||
5 | device that using parallel I/O ports, a child node should be created. | ||
6 | See the definition of the Pin configuration nodes below for more | ||
7 | information. | ||
8 | |||
9 | Required properties: | ||
10 | - device_type : should be "par_io". | ||
11 | - reg : offset to the register set and its length. | ||
12 | - num-ports : number of Parallel I/O ports | ||
13 | |||
14 | Example: | ||
15 | par_io@1400 { | ||
16 | reg = <1400 100>; | ||
17 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
18 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
19 | device_type = "par_io"; | ||
20 | num-ports = <7>; | ||
21 | ucc_pin@01 { | ||
22 | ...... | ||
23 | }; | ||
24 | |||
25 | Note that "par_io" nodes are obsolete, and should not be used for | ||
26 | the new device trees. Instead, each Par I/O bank should be represented | ||
27 | via its own gpio-controller node: | ||
28 | |||
29 | Required properties: | ||
30 | - #gpio-cells : should be "2". | ||
31 | - compatible : should be "fsl,<chip>-qe-pario-bank", | ||
32 | "fsl,mpc8323-qe-pario-bank". | ||
33 | - reg : offset to the register set and its length. | ||
34 | - gpio-controller : node to identify gpio controllers. | ||
35 | |||
36 | Example: | ||
37 | qe_pio_a: gpio-controller@1400 { | ||
38 | #gpio-cells = <2>; | ||
39 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-qe-pario-bank", | ||
40 | "fsl,mpc8323-qe-pario-bank"; | ||
41 | reg = <0x1400 0x18>; | ||
42 | gpio-controller; | ||
43 | }; | ||
44 | |||
45 | qe_pio_e: gpio-controller@1460 { | ||
46 | #gpio-cells = <2>; | ||
47 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-qe-pario-bank", | ||
48 | "fsl,mpc8323-qe-pario-bank"; | ||
49 | reg = <0x1460 0x18>; | ||
50 | gpio-controller; | ||
51 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c5b43061db3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ | |||
1 | * Pin configuration nodes | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | - linux,phandle : phandle of this node; likely referenced by a QE | ||
5 | device. | ||
6 | - pio-map : array of pin configurations. Each pin is defined by 6 | ||
7 | integers. The six numbers are respectively: port, pin, dir, | ||
8 | open_drain, assignment, has_irq. | ||
9 | - port : port number of the pin; 0-6 represent port A-G in UM. | ||
10 | - pin : pin number in the port. | ||
11 | - dir : direction of the pin, should encode as follows: | ||
12 | |||
13 | 0 = The pin is disabled | ||
14 | 1 = The pin is an output | ||
15 | 2 = The pin is an input | ||
16 | 3 = The pin is I/O | ||
17 | |||
18 | - open_drain : indicates the pin is normal or wired-OR: | ||
19 | |||
20 | 0 = The pin is actively driven as an output | ||
21 | 1 = The pin is an open-drain driver. As an output, the pin is | ||
22 | driven active-low, otherwise it is three-stated. | ||
23 | |||
24 | - assignment : function number of the pin according to the Pin Assignment | ||
25 | tables in User Manual. Each pin can have up to 4 possible functions in | ||
26 | QE and two options for CPM. | ||
27 | - has_irq : indicates if the pin is used as source of external | ||
28 | interrupts. | ||
29 | |||
30 | Example: | ||
31 | ucc_pin@01 { | ||
32 | linux,phandle = <140001>; | ||
33 | pio-map = < | ||
34 | /* port pin dir open_drain assignment has_irq */ | ||
35 | 0 3 1 0 1 0 /* TxD0 */ | ||
36 | 0 4 1 0 1 0 /* TxD1 */ | ||
37 | 0 5 1 0 1 0 /* TxD2 */ | ||
38 | 0 6 1 0 1 0 /* TxD3 */ | ||
39 | 1 6 1 0 3 0 /* TxD4 */ | ||
40 | 1 7 1 0 1 0 /* TxD5 */ | ||
41 | 1 9 1 0 2 0 /* TxD6 */ | ||
42 | 1 a 1 0 2 0 /* TxD7 */ | ||
43 | 0 9 2 0 1 0 /* RxD0 */ | ||
44 | 0 a 2 0 1 0 /* RxD1 */ | ||
45 | 0 b 2 0 1 0 /* RxD2 */ | ||
46 | 0 c 2 0 1 0 /* RxD3 */ | ||
47 | 0 d 2 0 1 0 /* RxD4 */ | ||
48 | 1 1 2 0 2 0 /* RxD5 */ | ||
49 | 1 0 2 0 2 0 /* RxD6 */ | ||
50 | 1 4 2 0 2 0 /* RxD7 */ | ||
51 | 0 7 1 0 1 0 /* TX_EN */ | ||
52 | 0 8 1 0 1 0 /* TX_ER */ | ||
53 | 0 f 2 0 1 0 /* RX_DV */ | ||
54 | 0 10 2 0 1 0 /* RX_ER */ | ||
55 | 0 0 2 0 1 0 /* RX_CLK */ | ||
56 | 2 9 1 0 3 0 /* GTX_CLK - CLK10 */ | ||
57 | 2 8 2 0 1 0>; /* GTX125 - CLK9 */ | ||
58 | }; | ||
59 | |||
60 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e47734bee3f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ | |||
1 | * UCC (Unified Communications Controllers) | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | - device_type : should be "network", "hldc", "uart", "transparent" | ||
5 | "bisync", "atm", or "serial". | ||
6 | - compatible : could be "ucc_geth" or "fsl_atm" and so on. | ||
7 | - cell-index : the ucc number(1-8), corresponding to UCCx in UM. | ||
8 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
9 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
10 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
11 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
12 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
13 | controller you have. | ||
14 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
15 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
16 | - pio-handle : The phandle for the Parallel I/O port configuration. | ||
17 | - port-number : for UART drivers, the port number to use, between 0 and 3. | ||
18 | This usually corresponds to the /dev/ttyQE device, e.g. <0> = /dev/ttyQE0. | ||
19 | The port number is added to the minor number of the device. Unlike the | ||
20 | CPM UART driver, the port-number is required for the QE UART driver. | ||
21 | - soft-uart : for UART drivers, if specified this means the QE UART device | ||
22 | driver should use "Soft-UART" mode, which is needed on some SOCs that have | ||
23 | broken UART hardware. Soft-UART is provided via a microcode upload. | ||
24 | - rx-clock-name: the UCC receive clock source | ||
25 | "none": clock source is disabled | ||
26 | "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively | ||
27 | "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively | ||
28 | - tx-clock-name: the UCC transmit clock source | ||
29 | "none": clock source is disabled | ||
30 | "brg1" through "brg16": clock source is BRG1-BRG16, respectively | ||
31 | "clk1" through "clk24": clock source is CLK1-CLK24, respectively | ||
32 | The following two properties are deprecated. rx-clock has been replaced | ||
33 | with rx-clock-name, and tx-clock has been replaced with tx-clock-name. | ||
34 | Drivers that currently use the deprecated properties should continue to | ||
35 | do so, in order to support older device trees, but they should be updated | ||
36 | to check for the new properties first. | ||
37 | - rx-clock : represents the UCC receive clock source. | ||
38 | 0x00 : clock source is disabled; | ||
39 | 0x1~0x10 : clock source is BRG1~BRG16 respectively; | ||
40 | 0x11~0x28: clock source is QE_CLK1~QE_CLK24 respectively. | ||
41 | - tx-clock: represents the UCC transmit clock source; | ||
42 | 0x00 : clock source is disabled; | ||
43 | 0x1~0x10 : clock source is BRG1~BRG16 respectively; | ||
44 | 0x11~0x28: clock source is QE_CLK1~QE_CLK24 respectively. | ||
45 | |||
46 | Required properties for network device_type: | ||
47 | - mac-address : list of bytes representing the ethernet address. | ||
48 | - phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this controller. | ||
49 | |||
50 | Recommended properties: | ||
51 | - phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type, | ||
52 | i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id" (Internal | ||
53 | Delay), "rgmii-txid" (delay on TX only), "rgmii-rxid" (delay on RX only), | ||
54 | "tbi", or "rtbi". | ||
55 | |||
56 | Example: | ||
57 | ucc@2000 { | ||
58 | device_type = "network"; | ||
59 | compatible = "ucc_geth"; | ||
60 | cell-index = <1>; | ||
61 | reg = <2000 200>; | ||
62 | interrupts = <a0 0>; | ||
63 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
64 | mac-address = [ 00 04 9f 00 23 23 ]; | ||
65 | rx-clock = "none"; | ||
66 | tx-clock = "clk9"; | ||
67 | phy-handle = <212000>; | ||
68 | phy-connection-type = "gmii"; | ||
69 | pio-handle = <140001>; | ||
70 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c8f44d6bcbcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ | |||
1 | * USB (Universal Serial Bus Controller) | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | - compatible : could be "qe_udc" or "fhci-hcd". | ||
5 | - mode : the could be "host" or "slave". | ||
6 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
7 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
8 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
9 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
10 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
11 | controller you have. | ||
12 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
13 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
14 | |||
15 | Example(slave): | ||
16 | usb@6c0 { | ||
17 | compatible = "qe_udc"; | ||
18 | reg = <6c0 40>; | ||
19 | interrupts = <8b 0>; | ||
20 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
21 | mode = "slave"; | ||
22 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b35f3482e3e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ | |||
1 | * Serial | ||
2 | |||
3 | Currently defined compatibles: | ||
4 | - fsl,cpm1-smc-uart | ||
5 | - fsl,cpm2-smc-uart | ||
6 | - fsl,cpm1-scc-uart | ||
7 | - fsl,cpm2-scc-uart | ||
8 | - fsl,qe-uart | ||
9 | |||
10 | Example: | ||
11 | |||
12 | serial@11a00 { | ||
13 | device_type = "serial"; | ||
14 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-scc-uart", | ||
15 | "fsl,cpm2-scc-uart"; | ||
16 | reg = <11a00 20 8000 100>; | ||
17 | interrupts = <28 8>; | ||
18 | interrupt-parent = <&PIC>; | ||
19 | fsl,cpm-brg = <1>; | ||
20 | fsl,cpm-command = <00800000>; | ||
21 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..deb35de70988 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ | |||
1 | * Freescale Display Interface Unit | ||
2 | |||
3 | The Freescale DIU is a LCD controller, with proper hardware, it can also | ||
4 | drive DVI monitors. | ||
5 | |||
6 | Required properties: | ||
7 | - compatible : should be "fsl-diu". | ||
8 | - reg : should contain at least address and length of the DIU register | ||
9 | set. | ||
10 | - Interrupts : one DIU interrupt should be describe here. | ||
11 | |||
12 | Example (MPC8610HPCD): | ||
13 | display@2c000 { | ||
14 | compatible = "fsl,diu"; | ||
15 | reg = <0x2c000 100>; | ||
16 | interrupts = <72 2>; | ||
17 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
18 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..86826df00e64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ | |||
1 | * Freescale 83xx DMA Controller | ||
2 | |||
3 | Freescale PowerPC 83xx have on chip general purpose DMA controllers. | ||
4 | |||
5 | Required properties: | ||
6 | |||
7 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
8 | "fsl,CHIP-dma", where CHIP is the processor | ||
9 | (mpc8349, mpc8360, etc.) and the second is | ||
10 | "fsl,elo-dma" | ||
11 | - reg : <registers mapping for DMA general status reg> | ||
12 | - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the | ||
13 | DMA controller channels. | ||
14 | - cell-index : controller index. 0 for controller @ 0x8100 | ||
15 | - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for DMA IRQ> | ||
16 | - interrupt-parent : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping | ||
17 | |||
18 | |||
19 | - DMA channel nodes: | ||
20 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
21 | "fsl,CHIP-dma-channel", where CHIP is the processor | ||
22 | (mpc8349, mpc8350, etc.) and the second is | ||
23 | "fsl,elo-dma-channel" | ||
24 | - reg : <registers mapping for channel> | ||
25 | - cell-index : dma channel index starts at 0. | ||
26 | |||
27 | Optional properties: | ||
28 | - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for DMA channel IRQ> | ||
29 | (on 83xx this is expected to be identical to | ||
30 | the interrupts property of the parent node) | ||
31 | - interrupt-parent : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping | ||
32 | |||
33 | Example: | ||
34 | dma@82a8 { | ||
35 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
36 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
37 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma", "fsl,elo-dma"; | ||
38 | reg = <82a8 4>; | ||
39 | ranges = <0 8100 1a4>; | ||
40 | interrupt-parent = <&ipic>; | ||
41 | interrupts = <47 8>; | ||
42 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
43 | dma-channel@0 { | ||
44 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel"; | ||
45 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
46 | reg = <0 80>; | ||
47 | }; | ||
48 | dma-channel@80 { | ||
49 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel"; | ||
50 | cell-index = <1>; | ||
51 | reg = <80 80>; | ||
52 | }; | ||
53 | dma-channel@100 { | ||
54 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel"; | ||
55 | cell-index = <2>; | ||
56 | reg = <100 80>; | ||
57 | }; | ||
58 | dma-channel@180 { | ||
59 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8349-dma-channel", "fsl,elo-dma-channel"; | ||
60 | cell-index = <3>; | ||
61 | reg = <180 80>; | ||
62 | }; | ||
63 | }; | ||
64 | |||
65 | * Freescale 85xx/86xx DMA Controller | ||
66 | |||
67 | Freescale PowerPC 85xx/86xx have on chip general purpose DMA controllers. | ||
68 | |||
69 | Required properties: | ||
70 | |||
71 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
72 | "fsl,CHIP-dma", where CHIP is the processor | ||
73 | (mpc8540, mpc8540, etc.) and the second is | ||
74 | "fsl,eloplus-dma" | ||
75 | - reg : <registers mapping for DMA general status reg> | ||
76 | - cell-index : controller index. 0 for controller @ 0x21000, | ||
77 | 1 for controller @ 0xc000 | ||
78 | - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the | ||
79 | DMA controller channels. | ||
80 | |||
81 | - DMA channel nodes: | ||
82 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
83 | "fsl,CHIP-dma-channel", where CHIP is the processor | ||
84 | (mpc8540, mpc8560, etc.) and the second is | ||
85 | "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel" | ||
86 | - cell-index : dma channel index starts at 0. | ||
87 | - reg : <registers mapping for channel> | ||
88 | - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for DMA channel IRQ> | ||
89 | - interrupt-parent : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping | ||
90 | |||
91 | Example: | ||
92 | dma@21300 { | ||
93 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
94 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
95 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma", "fsl,eloplus-dma"; | ||
96 | reg = <21300 4>; | ||
97 | ranges = <0 21100 200>; | ||
98 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
99 | dma-channel@0 { | ||
100 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"; | ||
101 | reg = <0 80>; | ||
102 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
103 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
104 | interrupts = <14 2>; | ||
105 | }; | ||
106 | dma-channel@80 { | ||
107 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"; | ||
108 | reg = <80 80>; | ||
109 | cell-index = <1>; | ||
110 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
111 | interrupts = <15 2>; | ||
112 | }; | ||
113 | dma-channel@100 { | ||
114 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"; | ||
115 | reg = <100 80>; | ||
116 | cell-index = <2>; | ||
117 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
118 | interrupts = <16 2>; | ||
119 | }; | ||
120 | dma-channel@180 { | ||
121 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-dma-channel", "fsl,eloplus-dma-channel"; | ||
122 | reg = <180 80>; | ||
123 | cell-index = <3>; | ||
124 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
125 | interrupts = <17 2>; | ||
126 | }; | ||
127 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9a33efded4bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ | |||
1 | * Freescale General-purpose Timers Module | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | - compatible : should be | ||
5 | "fsl,<chip>-gtm", "fsl,gtm" for SOC GTMs | ||
6 | "fsl,<chip>-qe-gtm", "fsl,qe-gtm", "fsl,gtm" for QE GTMs | ||
7 | "fsl,<chip>-cpm2-gtm", "fsl,cpm2-gtm", "fsl,gtm" for CPM2 GTMs | ||
8 | - reg : should contain gtm registers location and length (0x40). | ||
9 | - interrupts : should contain four interrupts. | ||
10 | - interrupt-parent : interrupt source phandle. | ||
11 | - clock-frequency : specifies the frequency driving the timer. | ||
12 | |||
13 | Example: | ||
14 | |||
15 | timer@500 { | ||
16 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-gtm", "fsl,gtm"; | ||
17 | reg = <0x500 0x40>; | ||
18 | interrupts = <90 8 78 8 84 8 72 8>; | ||
19 | interrupt-parent = <&ipic>; | ||
20 | /* filled by u-boot */ | ||
21 | clock-frequency = <0>; | ||
22 | }; | ||
23 | |||
24 | timer@440 { | ||
25 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8360-qe-gtm", "fsl,qe-gtm", "fsl,gtm"; | ||
26 | reg = <0x440 0x40>; | ||
27 | interrupts = <12 13 14 15>; | ||
28 | interrupt-parent = <&qeic>; | ||
29 | /* filled by u-boot */ | ||
30 | clock-frequency = <0>; | ||
31 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9e7a2417dac5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ | |||
1 | * Global Utilities Block | ||
2 | |||
3 | The global utilities block controls power management, I/O device | ||
4 | enabling, power-on-reset configuration monitoring, general-purpose | ||
5 | I/O signal configuration, alternate function selection for multiplexed | ||
6 | signals, and clock control. | ||
7 | |||
8 | Required properties: | ||
9 | |||
10 | - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for | ||
11 | global-utilities. | ||
12 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. | ||
13 | |||
14 | Recommended properties: | ||
15 | |||
16 | - fsl,has-rstcr : Indicates that the global utilities register set | ||
17 | contains a functioning "reset control register" (i.e. the board | ||
18 | is wired to reset upon setting the HRESET_REQ bit in this register). | ||
19 | |||
20 | Example: | ||
21 | global-utilities@e0000 { /* global utilities block */ | ||
22 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8548-guts"; | ||
23 | reg = <e0000 1000>; | ||
24 | fsl,has-rstcr; | ||
25 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d0ab33e21fe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ | |||
1 | * I2C | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties : | ||
4 | |||
5 | - device_type : Should be "i2c" | ||
6 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
7 | |||
8 | Recommended properties : | ||
9 | |||
10 | - compatible : Should be "fsl-i2c" for parts compatible with | ||
11 | Freescale I2C specifications. | ||
12 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
13 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
14 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
15 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
16 | controller you have. | ||
17 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
18 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
19 | - dfsrr : boolean; if defined, indicates that this I2C device has | ||
20 | a digital filter sampling rate register | ||
21 | - fsl5200-clocking : boolean; if defined, indicated that this device | ||
22 | uses the FSL 5200 clocking mechanism. | ||
23 | |||
24 | Example : | ||
25 | i2c@3000 { | ||
26 | interrupt-parent = <40000>; | ||
27 | interrupts = <1b 3>; | ||
28 | reg = <3000 18>; | ||
29 | device_type = "i2c"; | ||
30 | compatible = "fsl-i2c"; | ||
31 | dfsrr; | ||
32 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3300fec501c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ | |||
1 | * Chipselect/Local Bus | ||
2 | |||
3 | Properties: | ||
4 | - name : Should be localbus | ||
5 | - #address-cells : Should be either two or three. The first cell is the | ||
6 | chipselect number, and the remaining cells are the | ||
7 | offset into the chipselect. | ||
8 | - #size-cells : Either one or two, depending on how large each chipselect | ||
9 | can be. | ||
10 | - ranges : Each range corresponds to a single chipselect, and cover | ||
11 | the entire access window as configured. | ||
12 | |||
13 | Example: | ||
14 | localbus@f0010100 { | ||
15 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-localbus", | ||
16 | "fsl,pq2-localbus"; | ||
17 | #address-cells = <2>; | ||
18 | #size-cells = <1>; | ||
19 | reg = <f0010100 40>; | ||
20 | |||
21 | ranges = <0 0 fe000000 02000000 | ||
22 | 1 0 f4500000 00008000>; | ||
23 | |||
24 | flash@0,0 { | ||
25 | compatible = "jedec-flash"; | ||
26 | reg = <0 0 2000000>; | ||
27 | bank-width = <4>; | ||
28 | device-width = <1>; | ||
29 | }; | ||
30 | |||
31 | board-control@1,0 { | ||
32 | reg = <1 0 20>; | ||
33 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-bcsr"; | ||
34 | }; | ||
35 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b26b91992c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ | |||
1 | * Freescale MSI interrupt controller | ||
2 | |||
3 | Reguired properities: | ||
4 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, | ||
5 | first is "fsl,CHIP-msi", where CHIP is the processor(mpc8610, mpc8572, | ||
6 | etc.) and the second is "fsl,mpic-msi" or "fsl,ipic-msi" depending on | ||
7 | the parent type. | ||
8 | - reg : should contain the address and the length of the shared message | ||
9 | interrupt register set. | ||
10 | - msi-available-ranges: use <start count> style section to define which | ||
11 | msi interrupt can be used in the 256 msi interrupts. This property is | ||
12 | optional, without this, all the 256 MSI interrupts can be used. | ||
13 | - interrupts : each one of the interrupts here is one entry per 32 MSIs, | ||
14 | and routed to the host interrupt controller. the interrupts should | ||
15 | be set as edge sensitive. | ||
16 | - interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller | ||
17 | that services interrupts for this device. for 83xx cpu, the interrupts | ||
18 | are routed to IPIC, and for 85xx/86xx cpu the interrupts are routed | ||
19 | to MPIC. | ||
20 | |||
21 | Example: | ||
22 | msi@41600 { | ||
23 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8610-msi", "fsl,mpic-msi"; | ||
24 | reg = <0x41600 0x80>; | ||
25 | msi-available-ranges = <0 0x100>; | ||
26 | interrupts = < | ||
27 | 0xe0 0 | ||
28 | 0xe1 0 | ||
29 | 0xe2 0 | ||
30 | 0xe3 0 | ||
31 | 0xe4 0 | ||
32 | 0xe5 0 | ||
33 | 0xe6 0 | ||
34 | 0xe7 0>; | ||
35 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
36 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b46bcf46c3d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ | |||
1 | * Freescale 8xxx/3.0 Gb/s SATA nodes | ||
2 | |||
3 | SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers. | ||
4 | Each SATA port should have its own node. | ||
5 | |||
6 | Required properties: | ||
7 | - compatible : compatible list, contains 2 entries, first is | ||
8 | "fsl,CHIP-sata", where CHIP is the processor | ||
9 | (mpc8315, mpc8379, etc.) and the second is | ||
10 | "fsl,pq-sata" | ||
11 | - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ> | ||
12 | - cell-index : controller index. | ||
13 | 1 for controller @ 0x18000 | ||
14 | 2 for controller @ 0x19000 | ||
15 | 3 for controller @ 0x1a000 | ||
16 | 4 for controller @ 0x1b000 | ||
17 | |||
18 | Optional properties: | ||
19 | - interrupt-parent : optional, if needed for interrupt mapping | ||
20 | - reg : <registers mapping> | ||
21 | |||
22 | Example: | ||
23 | sata@18000 { | ||
24 | compatible = "fsl,mpc8379-sata", "fsl,pq-sata"; | ||
25 | reg = <0x18000 0x1000>; | ||
26 | cell-index = <1>; | ||
27 | interrupts = <2c 8>; | ||
28 | interrupt-parent = < &ipic >; | ||
29 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2b6f2d45c45a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ | |||
1 | Freescale SoC SEC Security Engines | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | |||
5 | - compatible : Should contain entries for this and backward compatible | ||
6 | SEC versions, high to low, e.g., "fsl,sec2.1", "fsl,sec2.0" | ||
7 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
8 | - interrupts : the SEC's interrupt number | ||
9 | - fsl,num-channels : An integer representing the number of channels | ||
10 | available. | ||
11 | - fsl,channel-fifo-len : An integer representing the number of | ||
12 | descriptor pointers each channel fetch fifo can hold. | ||
13 | - fsl,exec-units-mask : The bitmask representing what execution units | ||
14 | (EUs) are available. It's a single 32-bit cell. EU information | ||
15 | should be encoded following the SEC's Descriptor Header Dword | ||
16 | EU_SEL0 field documentation, i.e. as follows: | ||
17 | |||
18 | bit 0 = reserved - should be 0 | ||
19 | bit 1 = set if SEC has the ARC4 EU (AFEU) | ||
20 | bit 2 = set if SEC has the DES/3DES EU (DEU) | ||
21 | bit 3 = set if SEC has the message digest EU (MDEU/MDEU-A) | ||
22 | bit 4 = set if SEC has the random number generator EU (RNG) | ||
23 | bit 5 = set if SEC has the public key EU (PKEU) | ||
24 | bit 6 = set if SEC has the AES EU (AESU) | ||
25 | bit 7 = set if SEC has the Kasumi EU (KEU) | ||
26 | bit 8 = set if SEC has the CRC EU (CRCU) | ||
27 | bit 11 = set if SEC has the message digest EU extended alg set (MDEU-B) | ||
28 | |||
29 | remaining bits are reserved for future SEC EUs. | ||
30 | |||
31 | - fsl,descriptor-types-mask : The bitmask representing what descriptors | ||
32 | are available. It's a single 32-bit cell. Descriptor type information | ||
33 | should be encoded following the SEC's Descriptor Header Dword DESC_TYPE | ||
34 | field documentation, i.e. as follows: | ||
35 | |||
36 | bit 0 = set if SEC supports the aesu_ctr_nonsnoop desc. type | ||
37 | bit 1 = set if SEC supports the ipsec_esp descriptor type | ||
38 | bit 2 = set if SEC supports the common_nonsnoop desc. type | ||
39 | bit 3 = set if SEC supports the 802.11i AES ccmp desc. type | ||
40 | bit 4 = set if SEC supports the hmac_snoop_no_afeu desc. type | ||
41 | bit 5 = set if SEC supports the srtp descriptor type | ||
42 | bit 6 = set if SEC supports the non_hmac_snoop_no_afeu desc.type | ||
43 | bit 7 = set if SEC supports the pkeu_assemble descriptor type | ||
44 | bit 8 = set if SEC supports the aesu_key_expand_output desc.type | ||
45 | bit 9 = set if SEC supports the pkeu_ptmul descriptor type | ||
46 | bit 10 = set if SEC supports the common_nonsnoop_afeu desc. type | ||
47 | bit 11 = set if SEC supports the pkeu_ptadd_dbl descriptor type | ||
48 | |||
49 | ..and so on and so forth. | ||
50 | |||
51 | Optional properties: | ||
52 | |||
53 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
54 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
55 | |||
56 | Example: | ||
57 | |||
58 | /* MPC8548E */ | ||
59 | crypto@30000 { | ||
60 | compatible = "fsl,sec2.1", "fsl,sec2.0"; | ||
61 | reg = <0x30000 0x10000>; | ||
62 | interrupts = <29 2>; | ||
63 | interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; | ||
64 | fsl,num-channels = <4>; | ||
65 | fsl,channel-fifo-len = <24>; | ||
66 | fsl,exec-units-mask = <0xfe>; | ||
67 | fsl,descriptor-types-mask = <0x12b0ebf>; | ||
68 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e7d9a344c4f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ | |||
1 | * SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | - cell-index : SPI controller index. | ||
5 | - compatible : should be "fsl,spi". | ||
6 | - mode : the SPI operation mode, it can be "cpu" or "cpu-qe". | ||
7 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
8 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
9 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
10 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
11 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
12 | controller you have. | ||
13 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
14 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
15 | |||
16 | Example: | ||
17 | spi@4c0 { | ||
18 | cell-index = <0>; | ||
19 | compatible = "fsl,spi"; | ||
20 | reg = <4c0 40>; | ||
21 | interrupts = <82 0>; | ||
22 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
23 | mode = "cpu"; | ||
24 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d100555d488a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ | |||
1 | Freescale Synchronous Serial Interface | ||
2 | |||
3 | The SSI is a serial device that communicates with audio codecs. It can | ||
4 | be programmed in AC97, I2S, left-justified, or right-justified modes. | ||
5 | |||
6 | Required properties: | ||
7 | - compatible : compatible list, containing "fsl,ssi" | ||
8 | - cell-index : the SSI, <0> = SSI1, <1> = SSI2, and so on | ||
9 | - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
10 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
11 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and | ||
12 | level information for the interrupt. This should be | ||
13 | encoded based on the information in section 2) | ||
14 | depending on the type of interrupt controller you | ||
15 | have. | ||
16 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
17 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
18 | - fsl,mode : the operating mode for the SSI interface | ||
19 | "i2s-slave" - I2S mode, SSI is clock slave | ||
20 | "i2s-master" - I2S mode, SSI is clock master | ||
21 | "lj-slave" - left-justified mode, SSI is clock slave | ||
22 | "lj-master" - l.j. mode, SSI is clock master | ||
23 | "rj-slave" - right-justified mode, SSI is clock slave | ||
24 | "rj-master" - r.j., SSI is clock master | ||
25 | "ac97-slave" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock slave | ||
26 | "ac97-master" - AC97 mode, SSI is clock master | ||
27 | |||
28 | Optional properties: | ||
29 | - codec-handle : phandle to a 'codec' node that defines an audio | ||
30 | codec connected to this SSI. This node is typically | ||
31 | a child of an I2C or other control node. | ||
32 | |||
33 | Child 'codec' node required properties: | ||
34 | - compatible : compatible list, contains the name of the codec | ||
35 | |||
36 | Child 'codec' node optional properties: | ||
37 | - clock-frequency : The frequency of the input clock, which typically | ||
38 | comes from an on-board dedicated oscillator. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..583ef6b56c43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ | |||
1 | * MDIO IO device | ||
2 | |||
3 | The MDIO is a bus to which the PHY devices are connected. For each | ||
4 | device that exists on this bus, a child node should be created. See | ||
5 | the definition of the PHY node below for an example of how to define | ||
6 | a PHY. | ||
7 | |||
8 | Required properties: | ||
9 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
10 | - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for the | ||
11 | mdio. Currently, this is most likely to be "fsl,gianfar-mdio" | ||
12 | |||
13 | Example: | ||
14 | |||
15 | mdio@24520 { | ||
16 | reg = <24520 20>; | ||
17 | compatible = "fsl,gianfar-mdio"; | ||
18 | |||
19 | ethernet-phy@0 { | ||
20 | ...... | ||
21 | }; | ||
22 | }; | ||
23 | |||
24 | |||
25 | * Gianfar-compatible ethernet nodes | ||
26 | |||
27 | Required properties: | ||
28 | |||
29 | - device_type : Should be "network" | ||
30 | - model : Model of the device. Can be "TSEC", "eTSEC", or "FEC" | ||
31 | - compatible : Should be "gianfar" | ||
32 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
33 | - mac-address : List of bytes representing the ethernet address of | ||
34 | this controller | ||
35 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
36 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
37 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
38 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
39 | controller you have. | ||
40 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
41 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
42 | - phy-handle : The phandle for the PHY connected to this ethernet | ||
43 | controller. | ||
44 | - fixed-link : <a b c d e> where a is emulated phy id - choose any, | ||
45 | but unique to the all specified fixed-links, b is duplex - 0 half, | ||
46 | 1 full, c is link speed - d#10/d#100/d#1000, d is pause - 0 no | ||
47 | pause, 1 pause, e is asym_pause - 0 no asym_pause, 1 asym_pause. | ||
48 | |||
49 | Recommended properties: | ||
50 | |||
51 | - phy-connection-type : a string naming the controller/PHY interface type, | ||
52 | i.e., "mii" (default), "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii", "rgmii-id", "sgmii", | ||
53 | "tbi", or "rtbi". This property is only really needed if the connection | ||
54 | is of type "rgmii-id", as all other connection types are detected by | ||
55 | hardware. | ||
56 | |||
57 | |||
58 | Example: | ||
59 | ethernet@24000 { | ||
60 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
61 | device_type = "network"; | ||
62 | model = "TSEC"; | ||
63 | compatible = "gianfar"; | ||
64 | reg = <24000 1000>; | ||
65 | mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 00 ]; | ||
66 | interrupts = <d 3 e 3 12 3>; | ||
67 | interrupt-parent = <40000>; | ||
68 | phy-handle = <2452000> | ||
69 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b00152402694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ | |||
1 | Freescale SOC USB controllers | ||
2 | |||
3 | The device node for a USB controller that is part of a Freescale | ||
4 | SOC is as described in the document "Open Firmware Recommended | ||
5 | Practice : Universal Serial Bus" with the following modifications | ||
6 | and additions : | ||
7 | |||
8 | Required properties : | ||
9 | - compatible : Should be "fsl-usb2-mph" for multi port host USB | ||
10 | controllers, or "fsl-usb2-dr" for dual role USB controllers | ||
11 | - phy_type : For multi port host USB controllers, should be one of | ||
12 | "ulpi", or "serial". For dual role USB controllers, should be | ||
13 | one of "ulpi", "utmi", "utmi_wide", or "serial". | ||
14 | - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device | ||
15 | - port0 : boolean; if defined, indicates port0 is connected for | ||
16 | fsl-usb2-mph compatible controllers. Either this property or | ||
17 | "port1" (or both) must be defined for "fsl-usb2-mph" compatible | ||
18 | controllers. | ||
19 | - port1 : boolean; if defined, indicates port1 is connected for | ||
20 | fsl-usb2-mph compatible controllers. Either this property or | ||
21 | "port0" (or both) must be defined for "fsl-usb2-mph" compatible | ||
22 | controllers. | ||
23 | - dr_mode : indicates the working mode for "fsl-usb2-dr" compatible | ||
24 | controllers. Can be "host", "peripheral", or "otg". Default to | ||
25 | "host" if not defined for backward compatibility. | ||
26 | |||
27 | Recommended properties : | ||
28 | - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a | ||
29 | field that represents an encoding of the sense and level | ||
30 | information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on | ||
31 | the information in section 2) depending on the type of interrupt | ||
32 | controller you have. | ||
33 | - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that | ||
34 | services interrupts for this device. | ||
35 | |||
36 | Example multi port host USB controller device node : | ||
37 | usb@22000 { | ||
38 | compatible = "fsl-usb2-mph"; | ||
39 | reg = <22000 1000>; | ||
40 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
41 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
42 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
43 | interrupts = <27 1>; | ||
44 | phy_type = "ulpi"; | ||
45 | port0; | ||
46 | port1; | ||
47 | }; | ||
48 | |||
49 | Example dual role USB controller device node : | ||
50 | usb@23000 { | ||
51 | compatible = "fsl-usb2-dr"; | ||
52 | reg = <23000 1000>; | ||
53 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
54 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
55 | interrupt-parent = <700>; | ||
56 | interrupts = <26 1>; | ||
57 | dr_mode = "otg"; | ||
58 | phy = "ulpi"; | ||
59 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt index a9e990ab980f..373ceacc367e 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt | |||
@@ -61,10 +61,7 @@ builder by #define'ing ARCH_HASH_SCHED_DOMAIN, and exporting your | |||
61 | arch_init_sched_domains function. This function will attach domains to all | 61 | arch_init_sched_domains function. This function will attach domains to all |
62 | CPUs using cpu_attach_domain. | 62 | CPUs using cpu_attach_domain. |
63 | 63 | ||
64 | Implementors should change the line | 64 | The sched-domains debugging infrastructure can be enabled by enabling |
65 | #undef SCHED_DOMAIN_DEBUG | 65 | CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG. This enables an error checking parse of the sched domains |
66 | to | ||
67 | #define SCHED_DOMAIN_DEBUG | ||
68 | in kernel/sched.c as this enables an error checking parse of the sched domains | ||
69 | which should catch most possible errors (described above). It also prints out | 66 | which should catch most possible errors (described above). It also prints out |
70 | the domain structure in a visual format. | 67 | the domain structure in a visual format. |
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.txt index 14f901f639ee..3ef339f491e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.txt | |||
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ needs only about 3% CPU time to do so, it can do with a 0.03 * 0.005s = | |||
51 | 0.00015s. So this group can be scheduled with a period of 0.005s and a run time | 51 | 0.00015s. So this group can be scheduled with a period of 0.005s and a run time |
52 | of 0.00015s. | 52 | of 0.00015s. |
53 | 53 | ||
54 | The remaining CPU time will be used for user input and other tass. Because | 54 | The remaining CPU time will be used for user input and other tasks. Because |
55 | realtime tasks have explicitly allocated the CPU time they need to perform | 55 | realtime tasks have explicitly allocated the CPU time they need to perform |
56 | their tasks, buffer underruns in the graphocs or audio can be eliminated. | 56 | their tasks, buffer underruns in the graphics or audio can be eliminated. |
57 | 57 | ||
58 | NOTE: the above example is not fully implemented as of yet (2.6.25). We still | 58 | NOTE: the above example is not fully implemented as of yet (2.6.25). We still |
59 | lack an EDF scheduler to make non-uniform periods usable. | 59 | lack an EDF scheduler to make non-uniform periods usable. |
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt index d16011a8618e..709ca991a451 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt | |||
@@ -56,19 +56,33 @@ Supported Cards/Chipsets | |||
56 | 9005:0285:9005:02d1 Adaptec 5405 (Voodoo40) | 56 | 9005:0285:9005:02d1 Adaptec 5405 (Voodoo40) |
57 | 9005:0285:15d9:02d2 SMC AOC-USAS-S8i-LP | 57 | 9005:0285:15d9:02d2 SMC AOC-USAS-S8i-LP |
58 | 9005:0285:15d9:02d3 SMC AOC-USAS-S8iR-LP | 58 | 9005:0285:15d9:02d3 SMC AOC-USAS-S8iR-LP |
59 | 9005:0285:9005:02d4 Adaptec 2045 (Voodoo04 Lite) | 59 | 9005:0285:9005:02d4 Adaptec ASR-2045 (Voodoo04 Lite) |
60 | 9005:0285:9005:02d5 Adaptec 2405 (Voodoo40 Lite) | 60 | 9005:0285:9005:02d5 Adaptec ASR-2405 (Voodoo40 Lite) |
61 | 9005:0285:9005:02d6 Adaptec 2445 (Voodoo44 Lite) | 61 | 9005:0285:9005:02d6 Adaptec ASR-2445 (Voodoo44 Lite) |
62 | 9005:0285:9005:02d7 Adaptec 2805 (Voodoo80 Lite) | 62 | 9005:0285:9005:02d7 Adaptec ASR-2805 (Voodoo80 Lite) |
63 | 9005:0285:9005:02d8 Adaptec 5405G (Voodoo40 PM) | ||
64 | 9005:0285:9005:02d9 Adaptec 5445G (Voodoo44 PM) | ||
65 | 9005:0285:9005:02da Adaptec 5805G (Voodoo80 PM) | ||
66 | 9005:0285:9005:02db Adaptec 5085G (Voodoo08 PM) | ||
67 | 9005:0285:9005:02dc Adaptec 51245G (Voodoo124 PM) | ||
68 | 9005:0285:9005:02dd Adaptec 51645G (Voodoo164 PM) | ||
69 | 9005:0285:9005:02de Adaptec 52445G (Voodoo244 PM) | ||
70 | 9005:0285:9005:02df Adaptec ASR-2045G (Voodoo04 Lite PM) | ||
71 | 9005:0285:9005:02e0 Adaptec ASR-2405G (Voodoo40 Lite PM) | ||
72 | 9005:0285:9005:02e1 Adaptec ASR-2445G (Voodoo44 Lite PM) | ||
73 | 9005:0285:9005:02e2 Adaptec ASR-2805G (Voodoo80 Lite PM) | ||
63 | 1011:0046:9005:0364 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang) | 74 | 1011:0046:9005:0364 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang) |
75 | 1011:0046:9005:0365 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang) | ||
64 | 9005:0287:9005:0800 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter) | 76 | 9005:0287:9005:0800 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter) |
65 | 9005:0200:9005:0200 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter) | 77 | 9005:0200:9005:0200 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter) |
66 | 9005:0286:9005:0800 Adaptec Callisto (Jupiter) | 78 | 9005:0286:9005:0800 Adaptec Callisto (Jupiter) |
67 | 1011:0046:9005:1364 Dell PERC 2/QC (Quad Channel, Mustang) | 79 | 1011:0046:9005:1364 Dell PERC 2/QC (Quad Channel, Mustang) |
80 | 1011:0046:9005:1365 Dell PERC 2/QC (Quad Channel, Mustang) | ||
68 | 1028:0001:1028:0001 Dell PERC 2/Si (Iguana) | 81 | 1028:0001:1028:0001 Dell PERC 2/Si (Iguana) |
69 | 1028:0003:1028:0003 Dell PERC 3/Si (SlimFast) | 82 | 1028:0003:1028:0003 Dell PERC 3/Si (SlimFast) |
70 | 1028:0002:1028:0002 Dell PERC 3/Di (Opal) | 83 | 1028:0002:1028:0002 Dell PERC 3/Di (Opal) |
71 | 1028:0004:1028:0004 Dell PERC 3/DiF (Iguana) | 84 | 1028:0004:1028:0004 Dell PERC 3/SiF (Iguana) |
85 | 1028:0004:1028:00d0 Dell PERC 3/DiF (Iguana) | ||
72 | 1028:0002:1028:00d1 Dell PERC 3/DiV (Viper) | 86 | 1028:0002:1028:00d1 Dell PERC 3/DiV (Viper) |
73 | 1028:0002:1028:00d9 Dell PERC 3/DiL (Lexus) | 87 | 1028:0002:1028:00d9 Dell PERC 3/DiL (Lexus) |
74 | 1028:000a:1028:0106 Dell PERC 3/DiJ (Jaguar) | 88 | 1028:000a:1028:0106 Dell PERC 3/DiJ (Jaguar) |
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index 0bbee38acd26..72aff61e7315 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt | |||
@@ -753,8 +753,11 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
753 | 753 | ||
754 | [Multiple options for each card instance] | 754 | [Multiple options for each card instance] |
755 | model - force the model name | 755 | model - force the model name |
756 | position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = none, 2 = POSBUF, 3 = FIFO size) | 756 | position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = use LPIB, 2 = POSBUF) |
757 | probe_mask - Bitmask to probe codecs (default = -1, meaning all slots) | 757 | probe_mask - Bitmask to probe codecs (default = -1, meaning all slots) |
758 | bdl_pos_adj - Specifies the DMA IRQ timing delay in samples. | ||
759 | Passing -1 will make the driver to choose the appropriate | ||
760 | value based on the controller chip. | ||
758 | 761 | ||
759 | [Single (global) options] | 762 | [Single (global) options] |
760 | single_cmd - Use single immediate commands to communicate with | 763 | single_cmd - Use single immediate commands to communicate with |
@@ -845,7 +848,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
845 | ALC269 | 848 | ALC269 |
846 | basic Basic preset | 849 | basic Basic preset |
847 | 850 | ||
848 | ALC662 | 851 | ALC662/663 |
849 | 3stack-dig 3-stack (2-channel) with SPDIF | 852 | 3stack-dig 3-stack (2-channel) with SPDIF |
850 | 3stack-6ch 3-stack (6-channel) | 853 | 3stack-6ch 3-stack (6-channel) |
851 | 3stack-6ch-dig 3-stack (6-channel) with SPDIF | 854 | 3stack-6ch-dig 3-stack (6-channel) with SPDIF |
@@ -853,6 +856,10 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
853 | lenovo-101e Lenovo laptop | 856 | lenovo-101e Lenovo laptop |
854 | eeepc-p701 ASUS Eeepc P701 | 857 | eeepc-p701 ASUS Eeepc P701 |
855 | eeepc-ep20 ASUS Eeepc EP20 | 858 | eeepc-ep20 ASUS Eeepc EP20 |
859 | m51va ASUS M51VA | ||
860 | g71v ASUS G71V | ||
861 | h13 ASUS H13 | ||
862 | g50v ASUS G50V | ||
856 | auto auto-config reading BIOS (default) | 863 | auto auto-config reading BIOS (default) |
857 | 864 | ||
858 | ALC882/885 | 865 | ALC882/885 |
@@ -1091,7 +1098,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
1091 | This occurs when the access to non-existing or non-working codec slot | 1098 | This occurs when the access to non-existing or non-working codec slot |
1092 | (likely a modem one) causes a stall of the communication via HD-audio | 1099 | (likely a modem one) causes a stall of the communication via HD-audio |
1093 | bus. You can see which codec slots are probed by enabling | 1100 | bus. You can see which codec slots are probed by enabling |
1094 | CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_DETECT, or simply from the file name of the codec | 1101 | CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE, or simply from the file name of the codec |
1095 | proc files. Then limit the slots to probe by probe_mask option. | 1102 | proc files. Then limit the slots to probe by probe_mask option. |
1096 | For example, probe_mask=1 means to probe only the first slot, and | 1103 | For example, probe_mask=1 means to probe only the first slot, and |
1097 | probe_mask=4 means only the third slot. | 1104 | probe_mask=4 means only the third slot. |
@@ -2267,6 +2274,10 @@ case above again, the first two slots are already reserved. If any | |||
2267 | other driver (e.g. snd-usb-audio) is loaded before snd-interwave or | 2274 | other driver (e.g. snd-usb-audio) is loaded before snd-interwave or |
2268 | snd-ens1371, it will be assigned to the third or later slot. | 2275 | snd-ens1371, it will be assigned to the third or later slot. |
2269 | 2276 | ||
2277 | When a module name is given with '!', the slot will be given for any | ||
2278 | modules but that name. For example, "slots=!snd-pcsp" will reserve | ||
2279 | the first slot for any modules but snd-pcsp. | ||
2280 | |||
2270 | 2281 | ||
2271 | ALSA PCM devices to OSS devices mapping | 2282 | ALSA PCM devices to OSS devices mapping |
2272 | ======================================= | 2283 | ======================================= |
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl index b03df4d4795c..e13c4e67029f 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl | |||
@@ -6127,8 +6127,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime { | |||
6127 | 6127 | ||
6128 | <para> | 6128 | <para> |
6129 | <function>snd_printdd()</function> is compiled in only when | 6129 | <function>snd_printdd()</function> is compiled in only when |
6130 | <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_DETECT</constant> is set. Please note | 6130 | <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE</constant> is set. Please note |
6131 | that <constant>DEBUG_DETECT</constant> is not set as default | 6131 | that <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE</constant> is not set as default |
6132 | even if you configure the alsa-driver with | 6132 | even if you configure the alsa-driver with |
6133 | <option>--with-debug=full</option> option. You need to give | 6133 | <option>--with-debug=full</option> option. You need to give |
6134 | explicitly <option>--with-debug=detect</option> option instead. | 6134 | explicitly <option>--with-debug=detect</option> option instead. |
diff --git a/Documentation/tracers/mmiotrace.txt b/Documentation/tracers/mmiotrace.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a4afb560a45b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/tracers/mmiotrace.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ | |||
1 | In-kernel memory-mapped I/O tracing | ||
2 | |||
3 | |||
4 | Home page and links to optional user space tools: | ||
5 | |||
6 | http://nouveau.freedesktop.org/wiki/MmioTrace | ||
7 | |||
8 | MMIO tracing was originally developed by Intel around 2003 for their Fault | ||
9 | Injection Test Harness. In Dec 2006 - Jan 2007, using the code from Intel, | ||
10 | Jeff Muizelaar created a tool for tracing MMIO accesses with the Nouveau | ||
11 | project in mind. Since then many people have contributed. | ||
12 | |||
13 | Mmiotrace was built for reverse engineering any memory-mapped IO device with | ||
14 | the Nouveau project as the first real user. Only x86 and x86_64 architectures | ||
15 | are supported. | ||
16 | |||
17 | Out-of-tree mmiotrace was originally modified for mainline inclusion and | ||
18 | ftrace framework by Pekka Paalanen <pq@iki.fi>. | ||
19 | |||
20 | |||
21 | Preparation | ||
22 | ----------- | ||
23 | |||
24 | Mmiotrace feature is compiled in by the CONFIG_MMIOTRACE option. Tracing is | ||
25 | disabled by default, so it is safe to have this set to yes. SMP systems are | ||
26 | supported, but tracing is unreliable and may miss events if more than one CPU | ||
27 | is on-line, therefore mmiotrace takes all but one CPU off-line during run-time | ||
28 | activation. You can re-enable CPUs by hand, but you have been warned, there | ||
29 | is no way to automatically detect if you are losing events due to CPUs racing. | ||
30 | |||
31 | |||
32 | Usage Quick Reference | ||
33 | --------------------- | ||
34 | |||
35 | $ mount -t debugfs debugfs /debug | ||
36 | $ echo mmiotrace > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | ||
37 | $ cat /debug/tracing/trace_pipe > mydump.txt & | ||
38 | Start X or whatever. | ||
39 | $ echo "X is up" > /debug/tracing/marker | ||
40 | $ echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | ||
41 | Check for lost events. | ||
42 | |||
43 | |||
44 | Usage | ||
45 | ----- | ||
46 | |||
47 | Make sure debugfs is mounted to /debug. If not, (requires root privileges) | ||
48 | $ mount -t debugfs debugfs /debug | ||
49 | |||
50 | Check that the driver you are about to trace is not loaded. | ||
51 | |||
52 | Activate mmiotrace (requires root privileges): | ||
53 | $ echo mmiotrace > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | ||
54 | |||
55 | Start storing the trace: | ||
56 | $ cat /debug/tracing/trace_pipe > mydump.txt & | ||
57 | The 'cat' process should stay running (sleeping) in the background. | ||
58 | |||
59 | Load the driver you want to trace and use it. Mmiotrace will only catch MMIO | ||
60 | accesses to areas that are ioremapped while mmiotrace is active. | ||
61 | |||
62 | [Unimplemented feature:] | ||
63 | During tracing you can place comments (markers) into the trace by | ||
64 | $ echo "X is up" > /debug/tracing/marker | ||
65 | This makes it easier to see which part of the (huge) trace corresponds to | ||
66 | which action. It is recommended to place descriptive markers about what you | ||
67 | do. | ||
68 | |||
69 | Shut down mmiotrace (requires root privileges): | ||
70 | $ echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer | ||
71 | The 'cat' process exits. If it does not, kill it by issuing 'fg' command and | ||
72 | pressing ctrl+c. | ||
73 | |||
74 | Check that mmiotrace did not lose events due to a buffer filling up. Either | ||
75 | $ grep -i lost mydump.txt | ||
76 | which tells you exactly how many events were lost, or use | ||
77 | $ dmesg | ||
78 | to view your kernel log and look for "mmiotrace has lost events" warning. If | ||
79 | events were lost, the trace is incomplete. You should enlarge the buffers and | ||
80 | try again. Buffers are enlarged by first seeing how large the current buffers | ||
81 | are: | ||
82 | $ cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries | ||
83 | gives you a number. Approximately double this number and write it back, for | ||
84 | instance: | ||
85 | $ echo 128000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries | ||
86 | Then start again from the top. | ||
87 | |||
88 | If you are doing a trace for a driver project, e.g. Nouveau, you should also | ||
89 | do the following before sending your results: | ||
90 | $ lspci -vvv > lspci.txt | ||
91 | $ dmesg > dmesg.txt | ||
92 | $ tar zcf pciid-nick-mmiotrace.tar.gz mydump.txt lspci.txt dmesg.txt | ||
93 | and then send the .tar.gz file. The trace compresses considerably. Replace | ||
94 | "pciid" and "nick" with the PCI ID or model name of your piece of hardware | ||
95 | under investigation and your nick name. | ||
96 | |||
97 | |||
98 | How Mmiotrace Works | ||
99 | ------------------- | ||
100 | |||
101 | Access to hardware IO-memory is gained by mapping addresses from PCI bus by | ||
102 | calling one of the ioremap_*() functions. Mmiotrace is hooked into the | ||
103 | __ioremap() function and gets called whenever a mapping is created. Mapping is | ||
104 | an event that is recorded into the trace log. Note, that ISA range mappings | ||
105 | are not caught, since the mapping always exists and is returned directly. | ||
106 | |||
107 | MMIO accesses are recorded via page faults. Just before __ioremap() returns, | ||
108 | the mapped pages are marked as not present. Any access to the pages causes a | ||
109 | fault. The page fault handler calls mmiotrace to handle the fault. Mmiotrace | ||
110 | marks the page present, sets TF flag to achieve single stepping and exits the | ||
111 | fault handler. The instruction that faulted is executed and debug trap is | ||
112 | entered. Here mmiotrace again marks the page as not present. The instruction | ||
113 | is decoded to get the type of operation (read/write), data width and the value | ||
114 | read or written. These are stored to the trace log. | ||
115 | |||
116 | Setting the page present in the page fault handler has a race condition on SMP | ||
117 | machines. During the single stepping other CPUs may run freely on that page | ||
118 | and events can be missed without a notice. Re-enabling other CPUs during | ||
119 | tracing is discouraged. | ||
120 | |||
121 | |||
122 | Trace Log Format | ||
123 | ---------------- | ||
124 | |||
125 | The raw log is text and easily filtered with e.g. grep and awk. One record is | ||
126 | one line in the log. A record starts with a keyword, followed by keyword | ||
127 | dependant arguments. Arguments are separated by a space, or continue until the | ||
128 | end of line. The format for version 20070824 is as follows: | ||
129 | |||
130 | Explanation Keyword Space separated arguments | ||
131 | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
132 | |||
133 | read event R width, timestamp, map id, physical, value, PC, PID | ||
134 | write event W width, timestamp, map id, physical, value, PC, PID | ||
135 | ioremap event MAP timestamp, map id, physical, virtual, length, PC, PID | ||
136 | iounmap event UNMAP timestamp, map id, PC, PID | ||
137 | marker MARK timestamp, text | ||
138 | version VERSION the string "20070824" | ||
139 | info for reader LSPCI one line from lspci -v | ||
140 | PCI address map PCIDEV space separated /proc/bus/pci/devices data | ||
141 | unk. opcode UNKNOWN timestamp, map id, physical, data, PC, PID | ||
142 | |||
143 | Timestamp is in seconds with decimals. Physical is a PCI bus address, virtual | ||
144 | is a kernel virtual address. Width is the data width in bytes and value is the | ||
145 | data value. Map id is an arbitrary id number identifying the mapping that was | ||
146 | used in an operation. PC is the program counter and PID is process id. PC is | ||
147 | zero if it is not recorded. PID is always zero as tracing MMIO accesses | ||
148 | originating in user space memory is not yet supported. | ||
149 | |||
150 | For instance, the following awk filter will pass all 32-bit writes that target | ||
151 | physical addresses in the range [0xfb73ce40, 0xfb800000[ | ||
152 | |||
153 | $ awk '/W 4 / { adr=strtonum($5); if (adr >= 0xfb73ce40 && | ||
154 | adr < 0xfb800000) print; }' | ||
155 | |||
156 | |||
157 | Tools for Developers | ||
158 | -------------------- | ||
159 | |||
160 | The user space tools include utilities for: | ||
161 | - replacing numeric addresses and values with hardware register names | ||
162 | - replaying MMIO logs, i.e., re-executing the recorded writes | ||
163 | |||
164 | |||